Page 1 :
Curriculum for, Diploma Programme in, - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (AUTOMOBILE)/, - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN)/, - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (PRODUCTION)/, - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (REFRIGERATION & AIRCONDITIONING)/, - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MAINTENANCE), , For the State of Uttar Pradesh, , Prepared by:, , IRDT, Kanpur, June, 2019, Approved and Implemented by B.T.E,U.P, (Effective from session 2019-20), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 1
Page 2 :
CONTENTS, Sr. No Particulars, , Page No., , 1., , Salient Features of the Diploma Programme, , 1, , 2., , Employment Opportunities, , 3, , 3., , Learning Outcomes of Diploma Programme in Mechanical, Engineering, , 4, , 4., , Deriving Curriculum Areas from Learning Outcomes of the, Programme, , 6, , 5., , Abstract of Curriculum Areas, , 9, , 6., , Horizontal and Vertical Organization of the Subjects, , 11, , 7., , Study and Evaluation Scheme, , 13, , 8., , Guidelines (for Assessment of Student Centered Activities and, Internal Assessment), , 19, , 9., , Detailed Contents of various Subjects, , 20-, , FIRST SEMESTER, 1.1, , Communication Skills-I, , 20, , 1.2, , Applied Mathematics - I, , 23, , 1.3, , Applied Physics – I, , 26, , 1.4, , Applied Chemistry, , 32, , 1.5, , Engineering Drawing-I, , 37, , 1.6, , Basics of Information Technology, , 41, , 1.7, , General Workshop Practice-I, , 46, , SECOND SEMESTER, 2.1, , Applied Mathematics - II, , 50, , 2.2, , Applied Physics -II, , 52, , 2.3, , Applied Mechanics, , 56, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 2
Page 3 :
2.4, , General Engineering, , 60, , 2.5, , Engineering Drawing -II, , 65, , 2.6, , General Workshop Practice-II, , 68, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 3
Page 4 :
THIRD SEMESTER, 3.1, Applied Mathematics-III, , 71, , 3.2, , Engineering Materials, , 74, , 3.3, , Mechanics of Solids, , 78, , 3.4, , Thermal Engineering, , 83, , 3.5, , Computer Aided Drafting and 3D Modelling, , 88, , 3.6, , Workshop Technology, , 91, , FOURTH SEMESTER, 4.1, Communication Skills-II, 4.2, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, , 96, 99, , 4.3, , Hydraulics and Pneumatics, , 103, , 4.4, , Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, , 107, , 4.5, , Environmental Studies, , 111, , 4.6, , Energy Conservation, , 114, , 4.7, , Universal Human Values, , 119, , Industrial Training, , 123, , -, , FIFTH SEMESTER, 5.1, Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship Development, , 124, , 5.2, , Theory of Machines, , 128, , 5.3, , Machine Design, , 131, , 5.4, , Production Technology, , 135, , 5.5, , Production Management, , 142, , Automobile Engineering (Common for Automobile, Production and CAD), , 146, , Air Conditioning (For RAC), , 150, , 5.6, , Repairand Maintenance–I (Only for Repair & Maintenance), , 154, , SIXTH SEMESTER, 6.1, , Industrial Engineering, , 158, , 6.2, , Metrology and Measuring Instruments, , 162, , 6.3, , CNC Machines and Automation, Automobile Maintenance, Servicing&RepairEPAIR, (For Automobile Branch), Computer Aided Design (For CAD Branch), Tool Engineering (only For Production), Refrigeration Plant, ErectionandServicing (For RAC Branch), , 166, , 6.4, , 170, 172, 174, 176, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 4
Page 5 :
6.5, , Repairand Maintenance- II (Only for Repair & Maintenance), , Project Work, , 178, 181, , 10., 11., 12., 13., , Resource Requirement, Evaluation Strategy, Recommendations for Effective Implementation of Curriculum, List of Participants, , 184, 202, 205, 208, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 5
Page 6 :
PREFACE, An important issue generally debated amongst the planners and educators world over is how, technical education can contribute to sustainable development of the societies struggling hard to, come in the same bracket as that of the developed nations. The rapid industrialization and, globalization has created an environment for free flow of information and technology through, fast and efficient means. This has led to shrinking of the world, bringing people from different, culture and environment together and giving rise to the concept of world turning into a global, village. In India, a shift has taken place from the forgettable years of closed economy to, knowledge based and open economy in the last few decades. In order to cope with the challenges, of handling new technologies, materials and methods, we have to develop human resources, having appropriate professional knowledge, skills and attitude. Technical education system is, one of the significant components of the human resource development and has grown, phenomenally during all these years. Now it is time to consolidate and infuse quality aspect, through developing human resources, in the delivery system. Polytechnics play an important, role in meeting the requirements of trained technical manpower for industries and field, organizations. The initiatives being taken by the Technical Education, UP to revise the existing, curricula of 12 diploma programmes as per the needs of the industry and making them NSQF, compliant, are laudable., In order to meet the requirements of future technical manpower, we will have to revamp our, existing technical education system and one of the most important requirements is to develop, outcome-based curricula of diploma programmes. The curricula for diploma programmes have, been revised by adopting time-tested and nationally acclaimed scientific method, laying, emphasis on the identification of learning outcomes of diploma programme., The real success of the diploma programme depends upon its effective implementation. However, best the curriculum document is designed, if that is not implemented properly, the output will not, be as expected. In addition to acquisition of appropriate physical resources, the availability of, motivated, competent and qualified faculty is essential for effective implementation of the, curricula., It is expected of the polytechnics to carry out job market research on a continuous basis to, identify the new skill requirements, reduce or remove outdated and redundant courses, develop, innovative methods of course offering and thereby infuse the much needed dynamism in the, system., , Manoj Kumar, Director, Institute of Research Development &Training, Kanpur, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 6
Page 7 :
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, We gratefully acknowledge the guidance and contribution received from the following persons:, i), , Sh. Bhuvnesh Kumar , IAS, Secretary Govt. of UP, Technical Education Department,, Secretariat Lucknow., , ii), , Sh.R.C. Rajput,Director, Technical Education, UP for taking keen interest in the review of, this curriculum., , iii), , Sh.Manoj Kumar, Director, I.R.D.T., Kanpur for entrusting this project of Curriculum, revision to IRDT, Kanpur, , iv), , Secretary, Board of Technical Education, UP for keen interest for this project of review, curriculum., , v), , All the participants from industry/field organizations, engineering colleges, polytechnics, and other technical institutions for their professional inputs during curriculum workshops., , vi), , Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, TextBook Officer/ CDC Officer, IRDT,Kanpur, , vii), , Faculty/SubjectExperts from U.P. Government polytechnics, , Coordinator, , Curriculum Development Center, IRDT, Kanpur, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 7
Page 8 :
1., 1), , SALIENT FEATURES OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL, Name of the Programme, , :, , ENGINEERING, , Diploma Programme in Mechanical, Engineering, , 2), 3), , Duration of the Programme :, Entry Qualification, :, , Three years (Six Semesters), Matriculation or equivalent NSQF Level as, Prescribed by State Board of Technical Education,, UP, , 4), 5), , Intake, Pattern of the Programme, , :, :, , 60 (or as prescribed by the Board), Semester Pattern, , 6), , NSQF Level, , :, , Level - 5, , :, , 47 : 53 (Approx.)Practice, , 7), , Ratio between theory and, , 8), , Industrial Training:, Four weeks of industrial training is included after IV semester during summer vacation. Total, marks allotted to industrial training will be 50., , 9), , Ecology and Environment :, As per Govt. of India directives, a subject on Environmental Studies has been incorporated in the, curriculum., , 10), , Energy Conservation:, A subject on Energy Conservation has been incorporated in the curriculum., , 11), , Entrepreneurship Development:, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 8
Page 9 :
A full subject on Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship Development has been, incorporated in the curriculum., , 12), , Student Centred Activities:, , A provision of 3-6 periods per week has been made for organizing Student Centred Activities for, overall personality development of students. Such activities will comprise of co–curricular, activities such as expert lectures, self study, games, hobby classes like photography, painting,, singing etc. seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, NCC, NSS and other cultural, activities, disaster management and safety etc., 13), , Project work, , A project work has been included in the curriculum to enable the student get familiarize with, the practices and procedures being followed in the industries and provide an opportunity to, work on some live projects in the industry., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 9
Page 10 :
2., , EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR DIPLOMA HOLDERS IN, MECAHNICAL ENGINEERING, , The following are the major employment opportunities for diploma holders in Mechanical, Engineering:, •, , In manufacturing industry primarily in private sector and to some extent in public sector, , •, , In service sector like Railways, Hospitals, Military Engineering Services, Boards and, Corporations,, Construction, Companies,, Transportation, Departments,, Telecommunication, PWD and Rural Development Agencies., , •, , In marketing sector for sales and after- sales services, , •, , As an entrepreneur, Though the diploma holders in Mechanical Engineering find placement in all functional, areas like R&D, planning, shop floor production, quality control, inventory management, but majority of them find employment in shop floor management., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 10
Page 11 :
3., , LEARNING OUTCOMES OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL, ENGINEERING, After undergoing this programme, students will be able to:, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., 21., 22., 23., 24., 25., 26., 27., , Prepare and interpret drawings of engineering components., Use software like AutoCAD and Solid Works to prepare and analyze solid, models., Prepare simple jobs as per specifications., Operate conventional machine for machining of components as per, specifications, Use cutting tools for machines and machine tools., Carry out casting and welding operation., Use modern machining methods for machining of components., Carry out metal forming by rolling and forging processes to produce parts., Use presses and press tools., Prepare simple jigs, fixtures, pattern, mould and press tools for production, purposes., Use surface coating and protection methods., Prepare CNC part programmes and use CNC machines to make simple, jobs. Interface CAD/CAM machines., Supervise operation of boilers, steam turbines, air compressors, IC, engines, refrigeration and air-conditioning equipment., Use hydraulic and pneumatic equipment., Use electrical and electronic instruments to measure various engineering, parameters., Use various measuring and gauging instruments., Perform material testing for its properties using traditional and nondestructive techniques (NDT), Use various instruments to measure heat/air related parameters., Use heat treatment processes., Design and modify simple machine elements., Select material as per desired application., Select and use QC tools., Identify and rectify simple and common troubles in automotive vehicles., Carry out estimation and costing of production cost for budgeting and, analysis., Prepare process plan for given part., Carry out work measurement and method study to improve productivity., Use appropriate practices for conservation and prevention of environment, pollution., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 11
Page 12 :
28., 29., 30., 31., 32., 33., 34., 35., 36., 37., 38., 39., 40., 41., 42., 43., , Interpret factory acts and laws., Communicate effectively in English in oral and written form with others., Manage resources effectively at workplace., Plan and execute given task/project as a team member or leader., Prepare detailed project proposal and report., Use computer and IT tools for creating document, making spread sheet and, making presentation., Solve real life problems by application of acquired knowledge and skills., Handle the customers effectively., Apply concepts of Mechanics to solve engineering problems., Apply basic principles of Mathematics and Science to solve engineering, problems., Apply inventory control techniques to reduce production cost., Interpret basic hydraulic and thermodynamics processes / cycles., Manage activities related to procurement, stacking, storage and preservation, of materials., Prepare maintenance schedules., Perform 2D & 3D transformation., Carry out trouble shooting in refrigeration and air conditioning plant, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 12
Page 13 :
4., , DERIVING CURRICULUM AREAS FROM LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE, PROGRAMME, The following curriculum areas/subjects have been derived from learning outcomes:, Sr., No., 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , 11., 12., , 13., , 14., 15., 16., 17., , Learning Outcomes, , Curriculum Areas/Subjects, , Prepare and interpret drawings, of, engineering components., Use software like AutoCAD and Solid Works, to prepare and analyze solid models., Prepare simple jobs as per specifications., Operate conventional machine for machining, of components as per specifications, Use cutting tools for machines and machine, tools., , − Engineering Drawing, − Computer Aided Drafting and 3D, Modelling, − General Workshop Practice, − Workshop Technology, , −, −, −, for −, , Carry out casting and welding operation., Use modern machining methods, machining of components., Carry out metal forming by rolling and −, forging processes to produce parts., −, Use presses and press tools., −, Prepare simple jigs, fixtures, pattern, −, mechanism, mould, and press tools for −, production purposes., Use surface coating and protection methods., Prepare CNC part programmes and use CNC, machines to make simple jobs. Interface, CAD/CAM machines., Supervise, operation of, boilers, steam, turbines, air compressors, IC engines,, refrigeration and air-conditioning equipment., , General Workshop Practice, Machine Design, Workshop Technology, Advanced Manufacturing, Processes, Production Technology, Workshop Technology, Production Technology, Production Technology, Theory of Machines, , − Production Technology, − CNC Machines and Automation, , − Thermodynamics, − Refrigeration and Air, Conditioning, − Air Conditioning (for RAC), Use hydraulic and pneumatic equipment., − Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Use electrical and electronic instruments to − General Engineering, measure various engineering parameters., Use various measuring, and gauging − Metrology and Measuring, instruments., Instruments, Perform material testing for its properties − Engineering Materials, using, traditional, and, nondestructive, techniques (NDT), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 13
Page 14 :
18., 19., 20., , 21., 22., 23., , 24., 25., 26., 27., , 28., 29., 30., 31., 32., 33., , 34., , 35., , Use various instruments to measure heat/air − Refrigeration and Air, related parameters., Conditioning, Use heat treatment processes., − Engineering Materials, Design and modify simple machine elements. − Computer Aided Design and, Manufacturing, − Machine Design, Select material as per desired application., − Engineering Materials, Select and use QC tools., − Metrology and Measuring, Instruments, Identify and rectify simple and common − Automobile Engineering, troubles in automotive vehicles., − Repair and Maintenance-I (for, Repair &Maintenance), − Repair and Maintenance-II (for, Repair &Maintenance), − AMSR (for Automobile), Carry out estimation and costing of − Machine Design, production cost for budgeting and analysis., Prepare process plan for given part., − Industrial Engineering, Carry out work measurement and method − Industrial Engineering, study to improve productivity., Use appropriate practices for conservation of − Environmental Studies, energy and prevention of environment − Energy Conservation, pollution., Interpret factory acts and laws., − Industrial Management and, Entrepreneurship Development, Communicate effectively in English in oral − Communication Skills I&II, and written form with others., − Student Centred Activities (SCA), Manage resources effectively at workplace., − Industrial Management and, Entrepreneurship Development, Plan and execute given task/project as a team − Industrial Engineering, member or leader., Prepare detailed project proposal and report., − Project Work, Use computer and IT tools for creating − Basics of Information Technology, document, making spread sheet and making, presentation., Solve real life problems by application of − Project Work, acquired knowledge and skills., − Repair and Maintenance-I & II, (for Repair & Maintenance), Handle the customers effectively., − Industrial Management and, Entrepreneurship Development, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 14
Page 15 :
36., , 37., , 38., 39., 40., , 41., 42., , Apply concepts of Mechanics to solve −, engineering problems., −, −, Apply basic principles of Mathematics and −, Science to solve engineering problems., −, −, Apply inventory control techniques to reduce −, production cost., Interpret basic hydraulic and thermodynamics −, processes / cycles., −, Manage activities related to procurement, −, stacking, storage and preservation of, materials., Prepare maintenance schedules., −, Perform 2D & 3D transformation, −, −, , 43., , Carry out trouble shooting in refrigeration and −, air conditioning plant, −, −, , Applied Mechanics, Mechanics of Solids, Machine Design, Applied Mathematics, Applied Physics, Applied Chemistry, Industrial Engineering, Thermodynamics, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Industrial Engineering, , Industrial Engineering, Computer Aided Design (for, CAD), Computer Aided Design and, Manufacturing, Refrigeration Plant Erection &, servicing (for RAC), Air Conditioning (for RAC), Refrigeration and Airconditioning, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 15
Page 16 :
5., , ABSTRACT OF CURRICULUM AREAS, , a), , General Studies, 1., 2., 3., , b), , Applied Sciences, 4., 5., 6., , c), , Applied Mathematics, Applied Physics, Applied Chemistry, , Basic Courses in Engineering/Technology, 7., 8., 9., 10., , d), , Communication Skills, Environmental Studies, Energy Conservation, , Engineering Drawing, General Workshop Practice, General Engineering, Basics of Information Technology, , Applied Courses in Engineering/Technology, 11., 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., 21., 22., 23., 24., 25., 26., , Engineering Materials, Mechanics of Solids, Computer Aided Drafting and 3D Modelling, Workshop Technology, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship Development, Theory of Machines, Machine Design, Production Technology, Production Management, Industrial Engineering, Metrology and Measuring Instruments, CNC Machines and Automation, Automobile Engineering, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 16
Page 17 :
e), , Industrial Training, 27., , f), , Project Work, , Specialized Subjects, 28., Automobile Engineering (for Automobile, Production and CAD), 29., Air Conditioning (for RAC), 30., Repair and Maintenance (for Repair & Maintenance), 31., Automobile Maintenance, Servicing & Repair (for Automobile), 32., Computer Aided Design (for CAD), 33., Tool Engineering (for Production), 34., Refrigeration Plant, Erection and Servicing (for RAC), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 17
Page 18 :
6. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ORGANISATION OF THE SUBJECTS, Sr., No., , Subjects, , 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, , Communication Skills, Applied Mathematics, Applied Physics, Applied Chemistry, Engineering Drawing, Basics of Information Technology, General Workshop Practice, Applied Mechanics, General Engineering, Engineering Materials, Mechanics of Solids, Thermal Engineering, Computer Aided Drafting and 3D Modelling, Workshop Technology, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Environmental Studies, Energy Conservation, Universal Human Values, Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship, Development, Theory of Machines, Machine Design, Production Technology, Production Management, Automobile Engineering (for Auto, production, and CAD), Air Conditioning (for RAC), Repair And Maintenance - I, Automobile Maintenance, Servicing & Repair, (for Automobile), Computer Aided Design (for CAD), Tool Engineering (for Production), Refrigeration Plant , Erection And Servicing (for, RAC), Repair and Maintenance- II (for Repair, &Maintenance), Industrial Engineering, Metrology and Measuring Instruments, CNC Machines and Automation, Project Work, Student Centred Activities (SCA), , 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, , 27, , 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, Total, , Distribution in Periods per week in Various, Semesters, I, II, III, IV, V, VI, 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 8, 8, 6, 8, 8, 7, 8, 6, 7, 9, 8, 10, 8, 8, 10, 5, 5, 3, 5, -, , -, , -, , -, , 7, 7, 13, 5, 5, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 5, , 1, 48, , 5, 48, , 3, 48, , 3, 48, , 6, 48, , 8, 9, 8, 12, 6, 48, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 18
Page 19 :
7., , STUDY AND EVALUATION SCHEME FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, , FIRST SEMESTER, , Sr., No., , SUBJECTS, , STUDY, SCHEME, Periods/Week, , MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME, Credits, , 20, , Total, Marks, of, Hrs Tot Internal, &, External, 3, 70, 100, , -, , -, , 50, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , -, , -, , 60, , 100, , -, , 60, , 3, , 60, , 100, , -, , -, , 60, , 4, , 60, , 100, , 30, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 30, , 260, , 260, , 180, , -, , 440, , 700, , INTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, Th Pr, Tot, , EXTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, Th Hrs Pr, , L, , T, , P, , *Communication, Skills-I, 1.2 *Applied, Mathematics - I, 1.3 *Applied Physics, –I, 1.4 *Applied, Chemistry, 1.5 *Engineering, Drawing-I, 1.6 *Basics of, Information, Technology, 1.7 General, Workshop, Practice-I, #Student Centred, Activities (SCA), , 4, , -, , 2, , 4, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 5, , -, , -, , 4, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 5, , -, , 2, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 5, , -, , 2, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , -, , -, , 8, , 2, , -, , 40, , 40, , 60, , 2, ½, 2, ½, 2, ½, 2, ½, 3, , -, , -, , 6, , 2, , -, , 40, , 40, , -, , -, , -, , 8, , 2, , -, , 40, , 40, , -, , -, , 1, , 1, , -, , 30, , Total, , 19, , -, , 29, , 25, , 80, , 180, , 1.1, , 70, 100, , * Common with other diploma programmes, # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures,, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety, etc., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 19
Page 20 :
SECOND SEMESTER, , Sr., No., , 2.1, , SUBJECTS, , STUDY, SCHEME, Periods/Week, , MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME, , -, , -, , 50, , Total, Marks, of, Internal, &, External, 70, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , -, , -, , 60, , 100, , Credits, INTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, Th Pr, Tot, , EXTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, Th Hrs Pr, , Hrs, , Tot, , L, , T, , P, , *Applied, Mathematics - II, *Applied Physics -II, , 5, , -, , -, , 4, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 5, , -, , 2, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , +, , 5, , -, , 2, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , *Engineering, Drawing -II, 2.6 General Workshop, Practice-II, #Student Centred Activities, (SCA), , -, , -, , 8, , 2, , -, , 40, , 40, , 60, , 2, ½, 2, ½, 2, ½, 2, ½, 3, , -, , -, , 8, , 2, , -, , 40, , 40, , -, , -, , 60, , 4, , 60, , 100, , -, , -, , 5, , 1, , -, , 30, , 30, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 30, , Total, , 21, , -, , 27, , 24, , 80, , 140, , 220, , 260, , -, , 120, , -, , 380, , 600, , 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, , Applied Mechanics, , General Engineering, , 6, , -, , 2, , 5, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , * Common with other diploma programmes, + Common with diploma in Chemical Engg. and Civil Engg., # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures,, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety, etc., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 20
Page 21 :
THIRD SEMESTER, , Sr., No., 3.1, , SUBJECTS, , *Applied, Mathematics-III, 3.2 Engineering, Materials, 3.3 Mechanics of, Solids, 3.4 Thermal, Engineering, 3.5 Computer Aided, Drafting and 3D, Modelling, 3.6 Workshop, Technology, #Student Centred, Activities (SCA), Total, , STUDY, SCHEME, Periods/Week, , MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME, , L, , T, , P, , 5, , -, , -, , 4, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 2½, , -, , -, , 50, , Total, Marks of, Internal, &, External, 70, , 4, , -, , 2, , 4, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 4, , 1, , 2, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 5, , 1, , 3, , 6, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , -, , -, , 8, , 2, , -, , 20, , 20, , -, , -, , 50, , 3, , 50, , 70, , 4, , -, , 6, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 4, , 70, , 100, , -, , -, , 3, , 1, , -, , 30, , 30, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 30, , 22, , 2, , 24, , 27, , 100, , 90, , 190, , 250, , -, , 130, , -, , 380, , 570, , Credits, , INTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, Th Pr Tot, , EXTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, Th, Hrs Pr, , Hrs, , Tot, , * Common with other diploma programmes, # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures,, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety, etc., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 21
Page 22 :
FOURTH SEMESTER, STUDY, SCHEME, Sr., , SUBJECTS, , No., , Total, Marks of, Internal, &, External, , MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME, Credits, , Periods/Week, L, , T, , P, , INTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, , EXTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, , Th, , Pr, , Tot, , Th, , Hrs, , Pr, , Hrs, , 4.1, , *Communication, Skill-II, , 4, , -, , 2, , 4, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 4.2, , Refrigeration and, Air Conditioning, , 5, , 1, , 2, , 6, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 4.3, , Hydraulics and, Pneumatics, , 5, , 1, , 2, , 6, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 4.4, , Computer Aided, Design and, Manufacturing, , 4, , -, , 6, , 6, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 4.5, , *Environmental, Studies, , 3, , -, , 2, , 3, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 4.6, , *Energy, Conservation, , 3, , -, , 2, , 3, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 4.7, , Universal Human, Values, , 2, , -, , 1, , 1, , -, , 20, , 20, , -, , -, , 30, , 3, , #Student Centred, Activities (SCA), , -, , -, , 3, , 1, , -, , 30, , 30, , -, , -, , -, , -, , Total, , 26, , 2, , 20, , 30, , 120, , 110, , 230, , 300, , -, , 150, , -, , Tot, 70, , 100, , 70, , 100, , 70, , 100, , 70, , 100, , 70, , 100, , 70, , 100, , 30, , 50, , -, , 30, , 450, , 680, , * Common with other diploma programme, # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures,, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety, etc., Industrial training of 4 weeks duration to be organised after 4th semester exams, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 22
Page 23 :
FIFTH SEMESTER, STUDY, , MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME, , SCHEME, Sr., , SUBJECTS, , No., , Credits, , Periods/Week, L, , T, , P, , Industrial Training (4, Weeks), , -, , -, , -, , 5.1, , *Industrial, Management and, Entrepreneurship, Development, , 5, , -, , 5.2, , Theory of Machines, , 5, , 5.3, , Machine Design, , 5.4, , INTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, , Total, Marks of, , EXTERNAL, , Internal, &, External, , ASSESSMENT, , Th, , Pr, , Tot, , Th, , Hrs, , Pr, , Hrs, , Tot, , 2, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 50, , -, , 50, , 50, , -, , 4, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 2½, , -, , -, , 50, , 70, , 2, , -, , 6, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 2½, , -, , -, , 50, , 70, , 5, , 2, , -, , 6, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 2½, , -, , -, , 50, , 70, , Production, Technology, , 6, , -, , 8, , 7, , 20, , 20, , 40, , 50, , 2½, , 50, , 4, , 100, , 140, , 5.5, , Production, Management, , 4, , -, , 2, , 4, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 5.6, , Automobile, Engineering, , 4, , -, , 4, , 4, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , #Student Centred Activities, (SCA), , -, , -, , 1, , 1, , -, , 30, , 30, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 30, , Total, , 29, , 4, , 15, , 34, , 120, , 70, , 190, , 300, , -, , 140, , -, , 440, , 630, , (for Automobile,, Production and CAD), Air Conditioning, (for RAC), Repair And, Maintenance– I, (for Repair &, Maintenance), , * Common with other diploma programme, # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures,, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety, etc., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 23
Page 24 :
SIXTH SEMESTER, STUDY, , MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME, , SCHEME, Sr., , SUBJECTS, , No., , Credits, , Periods/Week, L, , T, , P, , INTERNAL, ASSESSMENT, , Total, Marks of, , EXTERNAL, Internal, &, External, , ASSESSMENT, Th, , Pr, , Tot, , Th, , Hrs, , Pr, , Hrs, , Tot, , 6.1, , Industrial, Engineering, , 6, , -, , 2, , 6, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 6.2, , Metrology and, Measuring, Instruments, , 5, , -, , 4, , 7, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 6.3, , CNC Machines and, Automation, , 4, , -, , 4, , 5, , 20, , 10, , 30, , 50, , 2½, , 20, , 3, , 70, , 100, , 6.4, , Automobile, Maintenance,, Servicing& Repair, (for Automobile), , 5, , -, , -, , 6, , 20, , -, , 20, , 50, , 2½, , -, , -, , 50, , 70, , -, , -, , 12, , 4, , -, , 40, , 40, , -, , -, , 60, , 3, , 60, , 100, , #Student Centred, Activities (SCA), , -, , -, , 6, , 1, , -, , 30, , 30, , -, , -, , -, , -, , -, , 30, , Total, , 20, , -, , 28, , 29, , 80, , 100, , 180, , 200, , -, , 120, , -, , 320, , 500, , Computer Aided, Design (for CAD), Tool Engineering, (for Production), Refrigeration Plant,, Erection And, Servicing (for RAC), Repairand, Maintenance- II, (for Repair &, Maintenance), 6.5, , Project Work, , # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension, lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation, contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and, safety etc., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 24
Page 25 :
8., , GUIDELINES FOR ASSESSMENT OF STUDENT CENTRED ACTIVITIES (SCA), It was discussed and decided that the maximum marks for SCA should be 30 as it involves a lot of, subjectivity in the evaluation. The marks may be distributed as follows:, i., , 10 Marks for general behavior and discipline, (by HODs in consultation with all the teachers of the department), , ii., , 5 Marks for attendance as per following:, (by HODs in consultation with all the teachers of the department), a), b), c), , iii., , 2 Marks, 4 Marks, 5 Marks, , 15 Marks maximum for Sports/NCC/Cultural/Co-curricular/ NSS activities as per, following:, (by In-charge Sports/NCC/Cultural/Co-curricular/NSS), a), b), c), , Note:, , 75 - 80%, 80 - 85%, Above 85%, , 15, 10, 5, , -, , State/National Level participation, Participation in two of above activities, Inter-Polytechnic level participation, , There should be no marks for attendance in the internal sessional of different subjects., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 25
Page 26 :
1.1, , COMMUNICATION SKILLS – I, L T P, 4 - 2, , RATIONALE, Knowledge of English Language plays an important role in career development. This subject, aims at introducing basic concepts of communication besides laying emphasis on developing, listening, speaking, reading and writing skills as parts of Communication Skill., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:, ., • Understand the importance of effective communication, • Describe the process of communication, • Communicate effectively in different contexts, • Identify parts of speech, • Write correct sentences using appropriate vocabulary, • Reproduce and match words and sentences in a paragraph, • Write various types of paragraphs, notices for different purposes and composition on, picture with appropriate format, • Read unseen texts with comprehension, ., DETAILED CONTENTS, 1, , Basics of Communication, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, , 2, , Definition and process of communication, Types of communication - formal and informal, oral and written, verbal and nonverbal, Communications barriers and how to overcome them, Barriers to Communication, Tools of Communication, , Application of Grammer, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, , (13 periods), , (18 periods), , Parts of Speech (Noun, verb, adjective, adverb) and modals, Sentences and its types, Tenses, Active and Passive Voice, Punctuation, Direct and Indirect Speech, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 26
Page 27 :
3, , Reading Skill, (10 periods), Unseen passage for comprehension (one word substitution, prefixes, suffixes, antonyms,, synonyms etc. based upon the passage to be covered under this topic), , 4, , Writing Skill, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, , (15 periods), , Picture composition, Writing paragraph, Notice writing, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, Note: Teaching Learning Process should be focused on the use of the language in writing reports, and making presentations., Topics such as Effective listening, effective note taking, group discussions and regular, presentations by the students need to be taught in a project oriented manner where the, learning happens as a byproduct., Listening and Speaking Exercises, 1. Self and peer introduction, 2. Newspaper reading, 3. Just a minute session-Extempore, 4. Greeting and starting a conversation, 5. Leave taking, 6. Thanking, 7. Wishing well, 8. Talking about likes and dislikes, 9. Group Discussion, 10. Listening Exercises., INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Student should be encouraged to participate in role play and other student centred activities in, class room and actively participate in listening exercises, MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, mid-semester and end-semester written tests, Actual practical work, exercises and viva-voce, Presentation and viva-voce, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 27
Page 28 :
RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., , Communicating Effectively in English, Book-I by RevathiSrinivas; Abhishek Publications,, Chandigarh., Communication Techniques and Skills by R. K. Chadha; DhanpatRai Publications, New, Delhi., High School English Grammar and Composition by Wren & Martin; S. Chand &, Company Ltd., Delhi., Excellent General English-R.B.Varshnay, R.K. Bansal, Mittal Book Depot, Malhotra, The Functional aspects of Communication Skills – Dr. P. Prsad, S.K. Katria& Sons, New, Delhi, Q. Skills for success – Level & Margaret Books, Oxford University Press., e-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR., , Websites for Reference:, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , http://www.mindtools.com/ page 8.html – 99k, http://www.letstalk.com.in, http://www.englishlearning.com, http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/, http://swayam.gov.in, , SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 13, , Marks Allotted, (%), 24, , 2, , 18, , 32, , 3, , 10, , 16, , 4, Total, , 15, 56, , 28, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 28
Page 29 :
1.2, , APPLIED MATHEMATICS - I, L T P, 5 - -, , RATIONALE, Contents of this course provide fundamental base for understanding elementary mathematics and, their uses in solving engineering problems. Contents of this course will enable students to use, basic mathematical function like logarithms, partial fractions, matrices and basic 2D, curves in, solving various engineering problems of all fields., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Apply Binomial theorem to solve engineering problems, Apply determinants properties and Crammer’s rule to solve engineering problems, Apply dot & cross product of vectors to find the solution of engineering problems, Use complex numbers in various engineering problems, Apply differential calculus and higher order to solve engineering problems, Find velocity, acceleration, errors and approximation in engineering problems with, application of derivatives., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Algebra -I, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, , 2., , Series : AP and GP; Sum, nth term, Mean, Binomial theorem for positive, negative and fractional index (without proof)., Application of Binomial theorem., Determinants : Elementary properties of determinant of order 2 and 3,, Multiplication system of algebraic equation,, Consistency of equation,, Crammer's rule, , Algebra- II, 2.1, 2.2, , (12 Periods), , (12 Periods), , Vector algebra : Dot and Cross product, Scaler and vector triple product., Complex number., Complex numbers, Representation, Modulus and amplitude, Demoivre, theorem, its application in solving algebraic, equations, Mod. function and, its properties.., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 29
Page 30 :
3., , Trigonometry, 3.1, 3.2, , 4., , 4.2, , 5., , Relation between sides and angles of a triangle: Statement of various formulae, showing relationship between sides and angle of a triangle., Inverse circular functions : Simple case only, , Differential Calculus - I, 4.1, , (18 Periods), , Functions, limits, continuity, - functions and their graphs, range and domain,, elementary methods of finding limits (right and left), elementary test for, continuity and differentiability., Methods of finding derivative, Trigonometric functions, exponential function,, Function of a function, Logaritimic differentiation, Differentiation of Inverse, trigonometric function, Differentiation of implicit functions., , Differential Calculus - II, 5.1, 5.2, , (10 Periods), , (18 Periods), , Higher order derivatives, Leibnitz theorem (without proof). Simple applications., Application - Finding Tangents, Normal, Points of, Maxima/Minima,, Increasing/Decreasing functions, Rate,, Measure, velocity, Acceleration,, Errors and approximation., , INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY, The basic instructional strategy to teach basic mathematics, Binomial theorem, trigonometry,, differential equations etc. should be conceptual with real world applications of relevant branch., More numerical and theory examples can be used for clear understanding of the content., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests, Mid-term and End-term Written Tests, Model/Prototype Making, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3, 4., , Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,, Applied Mathematics-I by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut., Applied Mathematics-I (A) by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication,, Meerut, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 30
Page 31 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic, 1., 2., 3., 4, 5, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 12, 12, 10, 18, 18, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 20, 20, 12, 24, 24, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 31
Page 32 :
1.3 APPLIED PHYSICS – I, L T P, 5 - 2, RATIONALE, Applied physics includes the study of a diversified topics related to the world around us. It aims, to give an understanding of this world both by observation and by prediction of the way in which, objects behave. Concrete knowledge of physical laws, analysis and applications in various fields, of engineering and technology are given prominence in this course content., Note: Teachers should give examples of engineering/technology applications of various, concepts and principles in each topic so that students are able to learn and appreciate these, concepts and principles. In all contents, SI units should be followed., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students must be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Identify the use of S.I. system of measurement with accuracy and how it is used in, engineering, Represent physical quantities as scalars and vectors, applying the physical laws and, concepts of linear and circular motion in everyday life., Solve difficult problems (walking of man, horse and cart problem, flying of bird/, aircraft, etc.), Analyse and design banking of roads/railway tracks and apply conservation of, momentum principle to Explain rocket propulsion, recoil of gun etc., Derive work, power and energy relationship and solve problems about work and power., Define work, energy and power and their units., Describe conservation of energy and its applications, Understand the concept of rotational motion of a rigid body and its applications, Apply the physical laws and concepts of gravity, its variation with longitude and latitude, and its uses in space satellite etc., ., Understand the concept of elasticity, surface tension, pressure and the laws governing, movement of fluids., Express physical work in term of heat and temperature; Measure temperature in various, processes on different scales (Celsius, Kelvin, Fahrenheit etc.), Distinguish between conduction, convection and radiation, identify the different methods, for reducing heat losses, Understand the laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle and their applications., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 32
Page 33 :
DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Units and Dimensions, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, , 1.5, 1.6, , 1.7, , 2., , Need of Measurement in engineering and science, unit of a physical quantities fundamental and derived units, systems of units (FPS, CGS and SI units), Dimensions and dimensional formulae of physical quantities., Principle of homogeneity of dimensions, Dimensional equations and their applications, conversion of numerical values of, physical quantities from one system of units into another, checking the, correctness of physical equations and deriving relations among various physical, quantities, Limitations of dimensional analysis, Error in measurement, accuracy and precision of instruments, random and, systematic errors, absolute error, relative error, and percentage error, Estimation, of probable errors in the results of measurement (combination of errors in, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and powers), rules for representing, significant figures in calculation., Application of units and dimensions in measuring length, diameter,, circumference, volume, surface area etc. of metallic and non metallic blocks,, wires, pipes etc (at least two each)., , Force and Motion, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, , (10 Periods), , (10 periods), , Scalar and vector quantities – examples, representation of vector, types of, vectors, Addition and Subtraction of Vectors, Triangle and Parallelogram law (Statement, only), Scalar and Vector Product., Resolution of Vectors and its application to lawn roller., Force, Momentum, Statement and Derivation of Conservation of linear, momentum, its applications such as recoil of gun., Impulse and its Applications, Circular motion (Uniform and Non-uniform), definition of angular displacement,, angular velocity, angular acceleration, frequency, time period., Relation between linear and angular velocity, linear acceleration and angular, acceleration (related numerical), Central force, Expression and Applications of Centripetal and centrifugal forces, with examples such as banking of roads and bending of cyclist, Principle of, centrifuge., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 33
Page 34 :
2.9, , Application of various forces in lifts, cranes, large steam engines and turbines, , 3., , Work, Power and Energy, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, , 4, , 4.4, , 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 5, , Work: and its units, examples of zero work, positive work and negative work,, conservative and non-conservative force,, Friction: modern concept, types, laws of limiting friction, Coefficient of friction, and its Engineering Applications., Work done in moving an object on horizontal and inclined plane for rough and, plane surfaces with its applications, Energy and its units: Kinetic energy and potential energy with examples and their, derivation, work energy theorem., Principle of conservation of mechanical energy for freely falling bodies, examples, of transformation of energy., Power and its units, calculation of power in numerical problems, Application of Friction in brake system of moving vehicles, bicycle, scooter, car, trains etc., , Rotational Motion, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, , 5.5, 5.6, , (10 periods), , Concept of translatory and rotatory motions with examples, Definition of torque with examples, Angular momentum, Conservation of angular momentum (quantitative) and its, examples, Moment of inertia and its physical significance, radius of gyration for rigid body,, Theorems of parallel and perpendicular axes (statements only), Moment of inertia, of rod, disc, ring and sphere (hollow and solid) (Formulae only). Concept of Fly, wheel., Rotational kinetic energy, Rolling of sphere on the slant plane,, Comparison of linear motion and rotational motion., Application of rotational motions in transport vehicles, and machines., , Motion of planets and satellites, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, , (10 periods), , (08 periods), , Gravitational force, Kepler’s law of planetary motion,, Acceleration due gravity and its variation,, Gravitational Potential and Gravitational potential energy,, Motion of satellite, orbital velocity and time period of satellite, Total energy and, Binding energy of a satellite, Escape energy and escape velocity,, Types of satellites, Geo-stationary satellite, semi-synchronous, polar, satellite, (concept only) and their uses in science and technology,, Concept of Black Holes, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 34
Page 35 :
6., , Properties of Matter, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, , 6.4, 6.5, , 7., , (12 periods), , Elasticity: definition of stress and strain, different types of modulii of elasticity,, Hooke’s law, significance of stress strain curve, Pressure: definition, its units, atmospheric pressure, gauge pressure, absolute, pressure, Fortin’s Barometer and its applications, Surface tension: concept, its units, angle of contact, Capillary action and, determination of surface tension from capillary rise method, applications of, surface tension, effect of temperature and impurity on surface tension, Viscosity and coefficient of viscosity: Terminal velocity, Stoke’s law and effect, of temperature on viscosity, application in hydraulic systems., Concept of fluid motion, stream line and turbulent flow, Reynold’s number, Equation of continuity, Bernoulli’s Theorem and their applications., , Heat and Thermodynamics, (10 periods), 7.1, Difference between heat and temperature, 7.2, Modes of transfer of heat (Conduction, convection and radiation with examples), 7.3, Different scales of temperature and their relationship, 7.4, Expansion of solids, liquids and gases, coefficient of linear, surface and cubical, expansions and relation amongst them, 7.5, Heat conduction in a metal rod, Temperature gradient, Concept of Co-efficient of, thermal conductivity, Uses and effects of Heat conduction in Daily life., 7.6, Isothermal and Adibatic process, 7.7, Zeroth, First and second law of thermodynamics, Heat engine (concept Only),, Carnot cycle., 7.8, Application of various systems of thermometry in refrigeration and airconditioning etc., , LIST OF PRACTICALS (to perform minimum six experiments), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, , To find radius of wire and its volume and the maximum permissible error in these, quantities by using both verniercalipers and screw gauge., To find the value of acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth by using a simple, pendulum., To determine the Radius of curvature of (i) convex mirror, (ii) concave mirror by, spherometer, To verify parallelogram law of forces, To study conservation of energy of a ball or cylinder rolling down an inclined plane., To find the Moment of Inertia of a flywheel about its axis of rotation, To determine the atmospheric pressure at a place using Fortin’s Barometer, To determine the viscosity of glycerin by Stoke’s method, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 35
Page 36 :
9 To determine the coefficient of linear expansion of a metal rod, 10 To determine force constant of spring using Hooks law, INSTRUCTIONAL STATREGY, Teacher may use various teaching aids like live models, charts, graphs and experimental kits etc., for imparting effective instructions in the subject. The teacher should explain about field, applications before teaching the basics to develop proper understanding of the physical, phenomenon. Use of demonstration and animations can make the subject interesting and may, develop scientific temper in the students. Teacher must plan a tour of Science Park/planetarium, available in nearby areas in order to enhance the interest in this course., MEANS OF ASSEMENTS, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignment & Quiz,, Mid-Term and End-Term written test,, Model Making,, Actual Lab & Practical Work,, Viva Voce, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, , Text Book of Physics for Class XI (Part-I, Part-II); N.C.E.R.T., Delhi, Concepts in Physics by HC Verma, Vol. I & II, Bharti Bhawan Ltd. New Delhi, Comprehensive Practical Physics, Vol, I & II, JN Jaiswal, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,, New Delhi, B.Sc.Practical Physics by C L Arora, S. Chand Publication.., Engineering Physics by PV Naik, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, Engineering Physics by DK Bhhatacharya& Poonam Tandan; Oxford University Press,, New Delhi, Modern Engineering Physics by SL Gupta, Sanjeev Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, V. Rajendran,physics-I, Tata McGraw-Hill raw Hill publication, New Delhi, Arthur Beiser, Applied Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill raw Hill publication, New Delhi, Physics Volume 1, 5th edition, Haliday Resnick and Krane, Wiley publication, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 36
Page 37 :
TOPIC WISE DISTRIBUTION OF PERIODS AND MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 10, 10, 10, 10, 08, 12, 10, , Total, , 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 15, 15, 15, 15, 10, 16, 14, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 37
Page 38 :
1.4, , APPLIED CHEMISTRY, L T P, 5 - 2, , RATIONALE, The use of various chemicals and chemical products in diverse technical and engineering fields, have repeatedly proved the importance of Applied Chemistry, which enhances its role to a new, peak. On the other hand, ever increasing use of such materials will compel engineers, technocrats, to acquire essential applied chemistry knowledge in order to select engineering materials, which, not only suit them but also provide more environmental compatibility. This situation demands, principles of Applied Chemistry in diploma-engineering courses. Principles of Applied, Chemistry will enable budding engineers and technocrats to develop scientific temper and, appreciate physical, chemical and engineering properties of materials. Hence the subject of, Applied Chemistry., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this subject, the student will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Classify various substances based on state of aggregation, Substantiate the laws and principles on which structure of atom is established., Explain and predict properties of substances., Explain sources of water and various characteristics of water (quantitatively)., Explain cause and factors which can adversely affecting natural water quality and, remedial measures available for water purification, Think critically, develop and adapt water conservation techniques., Explain corrosion of metal and their preventive measures., explain chemical nature and causes of corrosion, apply correct and efficient methods of corrosion prevention., explain chemistry of fuels and their relative advantages., select most efficient fuel for the engine and engineering applications., suggest how to subside air pollution caused by the use of fossil fuels, explain the chemistry of various polymers and plastics, verify suitability and select polymer/rubber/plastic materials for engineering applications., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Atomic Structure, Periodic Table and Chemical Bonding, 1.1, , (14 periods), , Fundamental particles- mass and charges of electrons, protons and neutrons with, names of the scientists who discovered these fundamental particles., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 38
Page 39 :
1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, , 1.6, 1.7, , 1.8, , 2., , Fuelsand Lubricants, 2.1, 2.2, , 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 3., , Bohr’s model of atom and successes and limitations of atomic theory (qualitative, treatment only)., Atomic number, atomic mass number isotopes and isobars., Definition of orbit and orbitals, shapes of s and p orbitals only, quantum numbers, and their significance,, Aufbau’s principle, Pauli’s exclusion principle and Hund’s rule electronic, configuration of elements with atomic number (Z) = 30 only. (Electronic, configurations of elements with atomic number greater than 30 are excluded)., Modern periodic law and periodic table, groups and periods, classification of, elements into s, p, d and f blocks (periodicity in properties - excluded), Chemical bonding and cause of bonding and types such as ionic bond in NaCl, sigma (σ) and pi (π) covalent bonds in H2, HCl, Cl2, elementary idea of, hybridization in BeCl2, BF3, CH4, NH3 and H2O, VSEPR, Molecular orbital, Theory, States of Matter: Solid, Liquid & Gas, Metallic bonding- explanation with the, help of electron gas (sea) model., , Water, 3.1, 3.2, , 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, , (18 periods), , Definition of fuel, classification of fuels, characteristics of good fuel, relative, merits of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels, Calorific value-higher calorific value, lower calorific value, determination of, calorific value of solid or liquid fuel using Bomb calorimeter and numerical, examples., Coal - types of coal and proximate analysis of coal, Fuel rating – Octane number and Cetane number, fuel-structural influence on, Octane and Cetane numbers, Gaseous fuels – chemical composition, calorific value and applications of natural, gas (CNG), LPG, producer gas, water gas and biogas., Elementary ideal on – hydrogen as future fuels, nuclear fuels., Lubricants: Definition and properties, mechanism, industrial application and its, function in bearings., Synthetic lubricants and cutting fluids., (14 periods), Demonstration of water resources on Earth using pie chart., Classification of water – soft water and hard water, action of soap on hard water,, types of hardness, causes of hardness, units of hardness – mg per liter (mgL-1) and, part per million (ppm) and simple numerical, pH and buffer solutions and their, applications., Disadvantages caused by the use of hard water in domestic and boiler feed water., Primming and foaming and caustic embrittlement in boilers., Removal of hardness -Permutit process and Ion-exchange process., Physico-Chemical methods for Water Quality Testing, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 39
Page 40 :
3.6, 3.7, 4., , a) Determination of pH using pH meter, total dissolved solids (TDS), b) Testing and Estimation of- alkalinity, indicator their types and application total, hardness by EDTA method and O’Hener’s Method. (chemical reaction of, EDTA method are excluded)., c) Understanding of Indian Water Quality standards as per WHO, Natural water sterilization by chlorine and UV radiation and reverse osmosis., Municipality waste water treatment. Definition of B.O.D and C.O.D., , Electrochemistry, , (4 periods), , Redox Reaction, Electrode Potential, Nernst equation, Electrochemical cell (Galvanic and, Electrobytes); Nernst equation., 5., , Corrosion and its Control, 5.1, 5.2, , 5.3, 5.4, , 6., , Definition of corrosion and factors affecting corrosion rate., Theories of, a), Dry (chemical) corrosion- Pilling Bedworth rule, b), Wet corrosion in acidic atmosphere by hydrogen evolution mechanism, Definition of passivity and galvanic series, Corrosion control:, a), Metal coatings – Cathodic protection, Cementation on Base Metal Steel –, Application of Metal Zn (Sheradizing),Cr (Chromozing) and Al, (Calorizing), Sacrificial protection and impressed current voltage, b), Inorganic coatings – Anodizing and phosphating,, c), Organic coatings - use of paints varnishes and enamels, d), Internal corrosion preventive measures- alloying (with reference to, passivating, neutralizing and inhibition) and heat treatment (quenching,, annealing), , Organic compounds, Polymers and Plastics, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, , (10 periods), , (10 periods), , Classification of organic compounds and IUPAC Nomenclature, Definition of polymer, monomer and degree of polymerization, Brief introduction to addition and condensation polymers with suitable examples, (PE, PS, PVC, Teflon, Nylon -66 and Bakelite), Definition of plastics, thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics with suitable, examples, distinctions between thermo and thermo setting plastics, Applications of polymers in industry and daily life, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 40
Page 41 :
1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , Estimation of total hardness of water using standard EDTA solution, Estimation of total alkalinity of given water sample by titrating it against standard, sulfuric acid solution, Proximate analysis of solid fuel), Estimation of temporary hardness of water sample by O’ Hener’s Method., Determination of flash and fire point of given lubricating oil using Able’s flash point, apparatus, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Teachers may take help of various models and charts while imparting instructions to make the, concept clear. More emphasis should be laid on discussing and explaining practical applications, of various chemical process and reactions. In addition, students should be encouraged or, motivated to study those processes in more details, which may find practical application in their, future professional career., MEANS OF ASSEMENTS, −, Assignment & Quiz,, −, Mid-Term and End-Term written test,, −, Model Making,, −, Actual Lab & Practical Work,, −, VivaVoce, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Chemistry in Engineering by J.C. Kuricose& J. Rajaram, Tata McGraw Hill, Publishing, Company Limited, New Delhi., Engineering Chemistry by P.C. Jain & Monika Jain, Dhanapat Rai Publishing Company,, New Delhi., Eagle’s Applied Chemistry - I by S. C. Ahuja & G. H. Hugar, Eagle Prakashan, Jalandhar., Engineering Chemistry – A Text Book by H. K. Chopra & A. Parmar, Narosa Publishing, House, New Delhi., Applied Chemistry - I by Dr. P. K Vij& Shiksha Vij, Lords Publications, Jalandhar., Engineering Chemistry by Dr. Himanshu Pandey, Goel Publishing House, Meerut, India, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 41
Page 42 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topics, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., Total, , Time Allotted, (hrs), 14, 18, 14, 4, 10, 10, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 20, 24, 20, 6, 15, 15, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 42
Page 43 :
1.5, , ENGINEERING DRAWING - I, L T P, - - 8, , RATIONALE, Drawing is the language of engineers and technicians. Reading and interpreting engineering, drawing is their day to day responsibility. The subject is aimed at developing basic graphic skills, in the students so as to enable them to use these skills in preparation of engineering drawings,, their reading and interpretation. The emphasis, while imparting instructions, should be to, develop conceptual skills in the students following BIS SP 46 – 1988., Note:, i), ii), iii), , First angle projection is to be followed, Minimum of 18 sheets to be prepared and atleast 2 sheets on AutoCAD, Instructions relevant to various drawings may be given along with appropriate, demonstrations, before assigning drawing practice to students, , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Identify and use of different grades of pencils and other drafting instruments which are, used in engineering field, Draw free hand sketches of various kinds of objects., Utilize various types of lines used in engineering drawing., Read and apply different dimensioning methods on drawing of objects., Use different types of scales and their utilization in reading and reproducing drawings of, objects and maps., Draw 2 - dimensional view of different objects viewed from different angles, (orthographic views), Draw and interpret complete inner hidden details of an object which are otherwise not, visible in normal view, To make projections of Solid, Generate isometric (3D) drawing from different 2D (orthographic) views/sketches, Identify conventions for different engineering materials, symbols, sections of regular, objects and general fittings used in Civil and Electrical household appliances, Use basic commands of AutoCAD., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 43
Page 44 :
DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction to Engineering Drawing, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, , 1.4, , 2., , 2.2, , 3., , 3.2, , (02 sheets), Scales –their needs and importance (theoretical instructions), type of scales,, definition of R.F. and length of scale, Drawing of plain and diagonal scales, , Orthographic Projections, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, , 4.4, , 4.5, 4.6, , (01 sheet), , Necessity of dimensioning, method and principles of dimensioning (mainly, theoretical instructions), Dimensioning of overall sizes, circles, threaded holes, chamfered, surfaces,, angles, tapered surfaces, holes, equally spaced on P.C.D., counter sunk holes,, counter bored holes, cylindrical parts, narrow spaces and gaps, radii, curves and, arches, , Scales, 3.1, , 4., , Introduction to drawing instruments, materials, layout and sizes of drawing sheets, and drawing boards., Different types of lines in Engineering drawing as per BIS specifications, Practice of vertical, horizontal and inclined lines, geometrical figures such as, triangles, rectangles, circles, ellipses and curves, hexagonal, pentagon with the, help of drawing instruments., Free hand and instrumental lettering (Alphabet and numerals) – upper case, (Capital Letter), single stroke, vertical and inclined at 75 degree, series of 5,8,12, mm of free hand and instrumental lettering of height 25 to 35 mm in the ratio of, 7:4, , Dimensioning Technique, 2.1, , (03 sheets), , (06 sheets), , Theory of orthographic projections (Elaborate theoretical instructions), Projection of Points in different quadrant, Projection of Straight Line (1st and 3rd angle), 4.3.1. Line parallel to both the planes, 4.3.2. Line perpendicular to any one of the reference plane, 4.3.3. Line inclined to any one of the reference plane., Projection of Plane – Different lamina like square, rectangular, triangular and, circle inclined to one plane, parallel and perpendicular to another plane in 1 st, angle only, Three views of orthographic projection of different objects. (At least one sheet in, 3rd angle), Identification of surfaces, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 44
Page 45 :
5, , Projection of Solid, 5.1., 5.2., 5.3, , 6., , 6.3, 6.4, 7., , *9., , (02 sheets), , Fundamentals of isometric projections and isometric scale., Isometric views of combination of regular solids like cylinder, cone, cube and, prism., , Common Symbols and Conventions used in Engineering, 8.1, 8.2, , (02 sheets), , Importance and salient features, Drawing of full section, half section, partial or broken out sections, Offset, sections, revolved sections and removed sections., Convention sectional representation of various materials, conventional breaks for, shafts, pipes, rectangular, square, angle, channel, rolled sections, Orthographic sectional views of different objects., , Isometric Views, 7.1, 7.2, , 8., , Definition and salient features of Solid, Types of Solid (Polyhedron and Solid of revolution), To make projections, sources, Top view, Front view and Side view of various, types of Solid., , Sections, 6.1, 6.2, , (02 sheets), , (02 sheets), , Civil Engineering sanitary fitting symbols, Electrical fitting symbols for domestic interior installations, , Introduction to AutoCAD, , (02 sheets), , Basic introduction and operational instructions of various commands in AutoCAD. At, least two sheets on AutoCAD of cube, cuboid, cone, pyramid, truncated cone and, pyramid, sphere and combination of above solids., * Auto CAD drawing will be evaluated internally by sessional marks and not by final, theory paper., INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Teacher should show model of realia of the component/part whose drawing is to be made., Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning and layout of sheet. Focus should be on, proper selection of drawing instruments and their proper use. The institute should procure, AutoCAD or other engineering graphics software for practice in engineering drawings. Teachers, should undergo training in AutoCAD/Engineering Graphic. Separate labs for practice on, AutoCAD should be established., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 45
Page 46 :
−, −, −, , Sketches, Drawing, Use of software, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , A Text Book of Engineering Drawing by Surjit Singh; Dhanpat Rai & Co., Delhi, Engineering Drawing by PS Gill; SK Kataria& Sons, New Delhi, Elementary Engineering Drawing in First Angle Projection by ND Bhatt; Charotar, Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Anand, Engineering Drawing I & II by JS Layall; Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar, Engineering Drawing I by DK Goel, GBD Publication., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 46
Page 47 :
1.6, , BASICS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, L T P, - -6, , RATIONALE, Information technology has great influence on all aspects of life. Primary purpose of using, computer is to make the life easier. Almost all work places and living environment are being, computerized. The subject introduces the fundamentals of computer system for using various, hardware and software components. In order to prepare diploma holders to work in these, environments, it is essential that they are exposed to various aspects of information technology, such as understanding the concept of information technology and its scope; operating a, computer; use of various tools using MS Office/Open Office/Libre Office using internet etc.,, form the broad competency profile of diploma holders. This exposure will enable the students to, enter their professions with confidence, live in a harmonious way and contribute to the, productivity., Note:, Explanation of Introductory part should be demonstrated with practical work. Following, topics may be explained in the laboratory along with the practical exercises. There will not, be any theory examination., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Identify Computer Hardware Components, Network Components and Peripherals., Explain the role of an Operating System., Install System and Application Software., Explain the function of the system components including Processor, Motherboard and, Input-output devices., Use Word Processing Software to prepare document., Use Spreadsheet Software to create workbooks and automate calculation., Use Presentation Software to create interactive presentation., Perform fundamental tasks common to most application software including print, scan,, save, edit, cut, copy, paste, format, spell and grammar check., Find and evaluate information on the Web., Install Antivirus., Safeguard against Online Frauds, threats and crimes., Use online office tools(Google suits), TOPICS TO BE EXPLAINED THROUGH DEMONSTRATION, , 1., , Introduction to Computers and Peripherals., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 47
Page 48 :
2., , Components of Computer, Types of Computer, CPU, RAM, ROM, Hard disk, USB,, Flash drive, CD, DVD,Blue ray, Keyboard, Mouse, Monitor, LCD, Printer, Plotter,, Scanner, Modem, Sound Cards, Speakers, CMOS battery, Sharing of Printers., Operation System and Application Software, System Software, Application Software, Virtualization Software, Utility Software, MS, Office/Open Office/Libreoffice, Working with window, Desktop components, Menu, bars, creating shortcut of program. Installation of Application softwares, Antivirus and, Drivers., , 3., , Word Processing, Spreadsheet and Presentation, Usage and creation of word document, spreadsheets and presentation, Google Suits, (Google drive, google sheet, google doc. Google presentation), , ., 4., , Internet, Basics of Networking – LAN, WAN, Wi-Fi technologies, Concept of IP Addrsses, DNS,, Search Engines, e-mail, Browsing and cyber laws., , LIST OF PRACTICAL EXERCISES, , ., , 1. Identify various components, peripherals of computer and list their functions., 2. Installation of various application software and peripheral drivers, 3. Installation of operating system (windows/linux/others), 4. Creation and Management (Rename, delete, search of file and folders), 5. Installation of Antivirus and remove viruses, 6. Scanning and printing documents, 7. Browsing, Downloading, Information using Internet, 8. E-Mail ID creation, comparing, sending and receiving e-mail. Attaching a file with, e-mail message., 9. Word Processing (MS Office/Open Office), a) File Management:, Opening, creating and saving a document, locating files, copying contents in, some different file(s), protecting files, giving password protection for a file, b) Page set up:, Setting margins, tab setting, ruler, indenting, c) Editing a document:, Entering text, cut, copy, paste using tool- bars, d) Formatting a document:, Using different fonts, changing font size and colour, changing the appearance, through bold/italic/underlined, highlighting a text, changing case, using, subscript and superscript, using different underline methods, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 48
Page 49 :
Aligning of text in a document, justification of document, inserting bullets and, numbering, Formatting paragraph, inserting page breaks and column breaks, line spacing, Use of headers, footers: Inserting footnote, end note, use of comments,, autotext, Inserting date, time, special symbols, importing graphic images, drawing tools, e) Tables and Borders:, Creating a table, formatting cells, use of different border styles, shading in, tables, merging of cells, partition of cells, inserting and deleting a row in a, table, Print preview, zoom, page set up, printing options, Using find, replace options, f) Using Tools like:, Spell checker, help, use of macros, mail merge, thesaurus word content and, statistics, printing envelops and lables, Using shapes and drawing toolbar,, Working with more than one window ., 10. Spread Sheet Processing (MS Office/Open Office/Libre Office), a), b), , c), , d), , e), f), , Starting excel, open worksheet, enter, edit, data, formulae to calculate values,, format data, save worksheet, switching between different spread sheets, Menu commands:, Create, format charts, organise, manage data, solving problem by analyzing, data. Programming with Excel Work Sheet, getting information while working, Work books:, Managing workbooks (create, open, close, save), working in work books,, selecting the cells, choosing commands, data entry techniques, formula, creation and links, controlling calculations, Editing a worksheet, copying, moving cells, pasting, inserting, deletion cells,, rows, columns, find and replace text, numbers of cells, formatting worksheet,, conditional formatting, Creating a chart:, Working with chart types, changing data in chart, formatting a chart, use chart, to analyze data, Using a list to organize data, sorting and filtering data in list, Retrieve data with query:, Create a pivot table, customizing a pivot table. Statistical analysis of data, Exchange data with other application:, Embedding objects, linking to other applications, import, export document., , 11. PowerPoint Presentation (MS Office/Open Office/Libre office), a), , Introduction to PowerPoint, How to start PowerPoint, Working environment: concept of toolbars, slide layout & templates., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 49
Page 50 :
-, , b), c), , d), , 12., , Opening a new/existing presentation, Different views for viewing slides in a presentation: normal, slide, sorter., Addition, deletion and saving of slides, Insertion of multimedia elements, Adding text boxes, Adding/importing pictures, Adding movies and sound, Adding tables and charts etc., Adding organizational chart, Editing objects, Working with Clip Art, Formatting slides, Using slide master, Text formatting, Changing slide layout, Changing slide colour scheme, Changing background, Applying design template, , Google Suits, Using Google drive, Google shut, Google docs, Google slides., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Since this subject is practice oriented, the teacher should demonstrate the capabilities of, computers to students while doing practical exercises. The students should be made familiar, with computer parts, peripherals, connections and proficient in making use of MS Office/Open, Office/Libre office/Google Suit in addition to working on internet. The student should be made, capable of working on computers independently., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, -, , Class Tests/Quiz, Software Installation and Use, Viva-Voce, Presentation, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., , Fundamentals of Computer by V Rajaraman; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, , 2., , Information Technology for Management by Henery Lucas, Tata McGraw Hills, New, Delhi, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 50
Page 51 :
3., , Computers Fundamentals Architecture and Organisation by B Ram, revised Edition, New, Age International Publishers, New Delhi, , 4., , Computers Today by SK Basandara, Galgotia publication Pvt Ltd. Daryaganj, New Delhi., , 5., , Internet for Every One by Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon; Vikas Publishing House Pvt., Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi, , 6., , A First Course in Computer by Sanjay Saxena;, , Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,, , Jungpura, New Delhi, 7., , Computer Fundamentals by PK Sinha; BPB Publication, New Delhi, , 8., , Fundamentals of Information Technology by Leon and Leon; Vikas Publishing House, Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi, , 9., , On Your Marks - Net…Set…Go… Surviving in an e-world by Anushka Wirasinha,, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, , 10., , Fundamentals of Information Technology by Vipin Arora, Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar, , Online Resources, 1., www. tutorialspoint..com, www.sf.net, 2., 3., Gsuite.google.com, 4., Spoken-tutorial.org, 5., Swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 51
Page 52 :
1.7 GENERAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE – I, (Common for Mechanical Engineering and Agriculture Engineering ), L T P, - - 8, RATIONALE, In order to have a balanced overall development of diploma engineers, it is necessary to integrate, theory with practice. General workshop practices are included in the curriculum in order to, provide hands-on experience about use of different tools and basic manufacturing practices. This, subject aims at developing general manual and machining skills in the students. In addition, the, development of dignity of labour, safety at work place, team working and development of right, attitude are the other objectives., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completing the course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Identify tools and equipment used and their respective functions., Identify different types of materials and their basic properties., Use and take measurements with the help of basic measuring tools/equipment., Select proper tools for a particular operation., Select materials, tools, and sequence of operations to make a job as per given, specification/drawing., Prepare simple jobs independently and inspect the same., Follow safety procedures and precautionary measures., Use safety equipment and Personal Protection Equipment., DETAILED CONTENTS (PRACTICAL EXERCISES), , Note:, , The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress prescribed by the institute., Wearing shoes in the workshop(s) is compulsory. Importance of safety and cleanliness,, safety measures and upkeep of tools, equipment and environment in each of the, following shops should be explained and practiced. The students should prepare, sketches of various tools/jobs in their practical Notebook., , The following shops are included in the syllabus:, 1., 2., 3., 4., , Carpentry Shop, Painting and Polishing Shop, Electrical Shop, Smithy Shop, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 52
Page 53 :
5., , Plumbing Shop, , 1. CARPENTRY SHOP, 1.1, , 1.2., , 1.3, , 1.4., , General Shop Talk, 1.1.1 Name and use of raw materials used in carpentry shop : wood &, alternative materials, 1.1.2 Names, uses, care and maintenance of hand tools such as different types of, Saws, C-Clamp, Chisels, Mallets, Carpenter's vices, Marking gauges,, Try-squares, Rulers and other commonly used tools and materials used in, carpentry shop by segregating as cutting tools, supporting tools, holding, tools , measuring tools etc., 1.1.3 Specification of tools used in carpentry shop., 1.1.4 Different types of Timbers, their properties, uses & defects., 1.1.5 Seasoning of wood., Practice, 1.2.1 Practices for Basic Carpentry Work, 1.2.2 Sawing practice using different types of saws, 1.2.3 Assembling jack plane — Planning practice including sharpening of jack, plane cutter, 1.2.4 Chiselling practice using different types of chisels including sharpening of, chisel, 1.2.5 Making of different types of wooden pin and fixing methods. Marking, measuring and inspection of jobs., Job Practice, Job 1, Marking, sawing, planning and chiselling and their practice, Job II, Half Lap Joint (cross, L or T – any one), Job III, Mortise and Tenon joint (T-Joint), Job IV, Dove tail Joint (Lap or Bridle Joint), Demonstration of job showing use of Rip Saw, Bow saw and Tenon saw, method, of sharpening various saws., , 2. PAINTING AND POLISHING SHOP, 2.1., 2.2., , Introduction of paints, varnishes, Reason for surface preparation, Advantages of, Painting, other method of surface coating ie. Electroplating etc., Job Practice, Job 1: To prepare a wooden surface for painting apply primer on one side and to, paint the same side. To prepare french polish for wooden surface and, polish the other side., Job II: To prepare metal surface for painting, apply primer and paint the same., Job III: To prepare a metal surface for spray painting, first spray primer and, paint the same by spray painting gun and compressor system., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 53
Page 54 :
The sequence of polishing will be as follows:, i), ii), iii), 3., , Abrasive cutting by leather wheel, Polishing with hard cotton wheel and with polishing material, Buffing with cotton wheel or buff wheel., ELECTRICAL SHOP, , 3.1, , Study, demonstration and identification of common electrical materials with, standard ratings and specifications such as wires, cables, switches, fuses, cleats,, clamps and allied items, tools and accessories., Study of electrical safety measures and protective devices., Job I, Identification of phase, Neutral and Earth wires for connection to, domestic electrical appliances and their connections to three pin, plugs., Job II, Carrying out house wiring circuits using fuse, switches, sockets,, ceiling rose etc. in batten or P.V.C. casing-caping., Study of common electrical appliances such as auto electric iron, electric kettle,, ceiling/table fan, desert cooler etc., Introduction to the construction of lead acid battery and its working., Job III, Installation of battery and connecting two or three batteries in, series and parallel., Introduction to battery charger and its functioning., Job IV, Charging a battery and testing with hydrometer and cell, tester, , 3.2, , 3.3, 3.4, , 3.5, , 4. SMITHY SHOP, 4.1., , General Shop Talk, 4.1.1 Purpose of Smithy shop, 4.1.2 Different types of Hearths used in Smithy shop, 4.1.3 Purpose, specifications, uses, care and maintenance of various tools and, equipments used in hand forging by segregating as cutting tools,, supporting tools, holding tools, measuring tools etc., 4.1.4 Types of fuel used and maximum temperature obtained, 4.1.5 Types of raw materials used in Smithy shop, 4.1.6 Uses of Fire Bricks & Clays in Forging workshop., , 4.2, , Practice, 4.2.1 Practice of firing of hearth/Furnace, Cleaning of Clinkers and Temperature, Control of Fire., 4.2.2 Practice on different basic Smithy/Forging operations such as Cutting,, Upsetting, Drawing down, Setting down, Necking, Bending, Fullering,, Swaging, Punching and Drifting, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 54
Page 55 :
4.2.3, , 4.3., , a), Demonstration — Making cube, hexagonal cube, hexagonal bar, from round bar, Practice of Simple Heat treatment processes like Tempering, Normalizing, Hardening etc, , Job Practice: Job Preparation, Job I, Making a cold / hot, hexagonal / octagonal flat chisel including, tempering of edges., Job II, Production of utility goods e.g. hexagonal bolt / square shank, boring tool, fan hook (long S-type) [Two jobs are to be done by, the students]., Job III, To prepare a cube from a M.S. round by forging method., , 5. PLUMBING SHOP, 5.1., 5.2., 5.3., 5.4., , Use of personal protective equipments, safety precautions while working and, cleaning of shop., Introduction and demonstration of tools, equipment and machines used in, plumbing shop., Introduction of various pipes and pipe fittings of elbow, nipple, socket, union etc., Job Practice, Job 1 : Preparation of job using elbow, bend and nipple, Job II: Preparation of job using Union, Tap, Plug and Socket., Job III: Threading practice on pipe with die, , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, , Workshop jobs, Report writing, presentation and viva voce, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., Workshop Technology I,II,III, by SK Hajra, Choudhary and AK Choudhary; Media, Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai., 2., Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Manchanda; India Publishing House, Jalandhar., 3., Workshop Training Manual Vol. I, II by S.S. Ubhi; Katson Publishers, Ludhiana., 4., Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy; MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi, 5., Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan; Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.,, New Delhi, 6., Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi, 7., Workshop Technology by HS Bawa; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 55
Page 56 :
2.1, , APPLIED MATHEMATICS - II, L T, 5, -, , P, -, , RATIONALE, Basic elements of integral calculus, differential calculus, numerical methods, differential m, equations included in this course will play a vital role in understanding engineering problem, mathematically. This will also develop analytical as well as conceptual abilities among students., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, • Calculate simple integration by methods of integration, • Evaluate the area under curves, surface by using definite integrals., • Calculate the area and volume under a curve along areas, • Solve the engineering problems with numerical methods., • Understand the geometric shapes used in engineering problems by co-ordinate geometry., DETAILED CONTENTS, 1. Integral Calculus - I, , (20 Periods), , Methods of Indefinite Integration :1.1 Integration by substitution., 1.2 Integration by rational function., 1.3, Integration by partial fraction., 1.4, Integration by parts., 1.5 Integration of special function, 2. Integral Calculus - II:, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, , (20 Periods), , Meaning and properties of definite integrals, Evaluation of definite integrals.., Application : Length of simple curves, Finding areas bounded by simple, curves Volume of solids of revolution, centre of mean of plane areas., Simposns 1/3rd and Simposns3/8th rule and Trapezoidal Rule : their application, in simple cases. Numerical solutions of algebraic equations; Bisections method,, Regula-Falsi method, Newton-Raphson’s method(without proof), Numerical, solutions of simultaneous equations; Gauss elimination method(without proof), , 3. Co-ordinate Geometry (2 Dimension), , (18 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 56
Page 57 :
3.1, , Circle, Equation of circle in standard form. Centre - Radius form, Diameter form,, Two intercept form., , 4. Co-ordinate Geometry (3 Dimension), , (12 Periods), , 4.1 Straight lines and planes in space, Distance between two points in space, direction cosine and direction ratios,, Finding equation of a straight line (without proof), INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY, Basic elements of Differential Calculus, Integral Calculus and differential equations can be, taught conceptually along with real engineering applications in which particular algorithm and, theory can be applied. Numerical examples will be helpful in understanding the content of the, subject., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, -, , Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests, Mid-term and End-term Written Tests, Model/Prototype Making, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3, 4., , Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,, Applied Mathematics-II by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut., Applied Mathematics-I (B) by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication,, Meerut, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic, , Time Allotted, (Periods), , Marks Allotted, (%), , 1., 2., 3., 4, Total, , 20, 20, 18, 12, 70, , 28, 28, 24, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 57
Page 58 :
2.2 APPLIED PHYSICS – II, L T P, 5 - 2, RATIONALE, Applied physics includes the study of a diversified topics related to the world around us. It aims, to give an understanding of this world both by observation and by prediction of the way in which, objects behave. Concrete knowledge of physical laws, analysis and applications in various fields, of engineering and technology are given prominence in this course content., Note: Teachers should give examples of engineering/technology applications of various, concepts and principles in each topic so that students are able to learn and appreciate these, concepts and principles. In all contents, SI units should be followed., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this subject, the student will be able to;, • Define wave motion its types (Transverse and Longitudinal), Periodic and Simple, Harmonic Motion, solve simple problems., • Define the terms: frequency, amplitude, wavelength, velocity of a wave., • Explain various Engineering, Medical and Industrial applications of Ultrasonics., • Apply acoustics principles to various types of buildings to get best sound effect, • Explain diffraction, interference, polarization., • Define capacitance and its unit. They will be able to explain the function of capacitors in, simple circuits, solve simple problems using C=Q/V, • Explain the role of free electrons in insulators, conductors and semiconductors,, qualitatively the terms: potential, potential difference, electromotive force., • Explain the concept of electric current, resistance and itsmeasurement., • List the effects of an electric current and their common applications, State and apply, Ohm's law, calculate the equivalent resistance of a variety of resistor combinations,, determine the energy consumed by an appliance, distinguish between AC and DC, electricity, • Explain Biot-Savart Law, Ampere’s law, Lorenz Force., • State the laws of electromagnetic induction, describe the effect on a current-carrying, conductor when placed in a magnetic field, • Explain operation of moving coil galvanometer, simple DC motor, • Apply the knowledge of diodes in rectifiers, adapters IC’s and various electronic circuits., Apply the concept of light amplification in designing of various LASER based, instruments and optical sources., • Explain total internal reflection and apply this concept for optical fibre and its uses in, Medical field and Communication., DETAILED CONTENTS, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 58
Page 59 :
1., , Wave motion and its applications, (12 periods), 1.1, Wave motion, transverse and longitudinal wave motion with examples, sound and, light waves, relationship among wave velocity, frequency and wave length and its, application, 1.2, Wave equation y = r sin wt, phase, phase difference, principle of superposition of, waves, 1.3, Simple Harmonic Motion (SHM): definition and characteristic, expression for, displacement, velocity, acceleration, time period, frequency in S.H.M., Energy of, a body executing S. H. M., simple pendulum, concept of simple harmonic, progressive wave,, 1.4, Free, Damped and forced oscillations, Resonance with examples, Q-factor, 1.5, Definition of pitch, loudness, quality and intensity of sound waves, intensity level,, Echo and reverberation, Sabine formula for reverberation time(without, derivation), coefficient of absorption of sound, methods to control reverberation, time and their applications, Accoustics of building defects and remedy., 1.6, Ultrasonics –production, detection, properties and applications in engineering and, medical applications., , 2., 2.1, , Wave Optics, (6 periods), Dual nature of light, wave theory of light, laws of reflection and refraction, Snell’s law,, Power of lens, magnification., 2.2, Two-Source Interference, Double-Slit interference, Interference due to thin films,, Fresnel’s biprism., 2.3, use of interference making highly efficient solar panel., 2.4, diffraction, Single Slit diffraction, Intensity calculation etc, 2.5, Polarization of electromagnetic waves, polarizing sheets, polarizing by, Reflection (Brewser’s law), Malus law, use of polariods., , 3., , Electrostatics, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, , 3.4, 3.5, , 4., , (12 periods), , Concept of charge, Coulombs law, Electric field of point charges, Electric lines of, force and their properties, Electric flux, Electric potential and potential difference., Gauss law of electrostatics: Application of Gauss law to find electric field, intensity of straight charged conductor, plane charged sheet and charged sphere., Capacitor and its working principle, Capacitance and its units. Capacitance of, parallel plate capacitor. Series and parallel combination of capacitors, (numericals), charging and discharging of a capacitor., Dielectric and its effect on capacitance, dielectric break down., Application of electrostatics in electrostatic precipitation of microbes and, moisture separation from air and gases in industry for pollution control (Brief, explanation only), , Current Electricity, , (12 periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 59
Page 60 :
4.1, , 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, , Electric Current, Resistance, Specific Resistance, Conductance, Specific, Conductance, Series and Parallel combination of Resistances. Factors affecting, Resistance, Colour coding of carbon Resistances, Ohm’s law. Superconductivity., Kirchhoff’s laws, Wheatstone bridge and its applications (meter bridge and slide, wire bridge), Concept of terminal potential difference and Electro motive force (EMF),, potentiometer., Heating effect of current, Electric power, Electric energy and its units (related, numerical problems), Advantages of Electric Energy over other forms of energy, Examples of application of DC circuits in various electrical and electronics, equipment such as C.R.O, T.V., Audio-Video System, Computers etc., , 5., , (12 periods), Magneto Statics and Electromagnetism, 5.1, Magnetic poles, force on a moving charge, circulating charges, force on a current, carrying wire, Hall effect, torque on a current loop., 5.2 Magnetic field due to moving charge(Biot-Savart Law), due to current (Biot-Savart, Law), parallel currents, field of a solenoid, Ampere’s law., 5.3, Faraday’s law, Lenz’ law, motional emf, induced electric fields., 5.4, Magnetic dipole and force on a magnetic dipole in a non-uniform field,, Magnetization, Gauss’ law for magnetism., 5.5, Types of magnetic materials. Dia, para and ferromagnetic materials with their, properties,, 5.6, Application of electromagnetism in ac/dc motors and generators., , 6., , Semiconductor physics, (8 periods), 6.1, Types of materials (insulator, semi conductor, conductor), intrinsic and extrinsic, semiconductors, p-n junction diode and its V-I characteristics, 6.2, Diode as rectifier – half wave and full wave rectifier (centre taped),, 6.3, Semiconductor transistor, pnp and npn (concepts only), 6.4, Application of semiconductor diodes (Zener, LED) and that of transistor as, amplifier and oscillator., , 7., , Modern Physics, (8 Periods), 7.1, Lasers: concept of energy levels, ionizations and excitation potentials;, spontaneous and stimulated emission; laser and its characteristics, population, inversion, Types of lasers; Ruby and He-Ne lasers, engineering and medical, applications of lasers., 7.2, Fibre optics: Total internal reflection and its applications, Critical angle and, conditions for total internal reflection, introduction to optical fibers, light, propagation, types, acceptance angle and numerical aperture, types and, applications of optical fibre in communication., 7.3, Introduction to nanotechnology, nanoparticles and nano materials,, , LIST OF PRACTICALS (To perform minimum six experiments), 1., , To determine the velocity of sound with the help of resonance tube., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 60
Page 61 :
2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., , To find the focal length of convex lens by displacement method., To find the refractive index of the material of given prism using spectrometer., To find the wavelength of sodium light using Fresnel’s biprism., To verify laws of resistances in series and parallel combination, To verify ohm’s laws by drawing a graph between voltage and current., To measure very low resistance and very high resistances using Slide Wire bridge, Conversion of Galvanometer into an Ammeter and Voltmeter of given range., To draw hysteresis curve of a ferromagnetic material., To draw characteristics of a pn junction diode and determine knee and break down, voltages., To find wave length of the laser beam., To find numerical aperture of an optical fiber., , INSTRUCTIONAL STATREGY, Teacher may use various teaching aids like live models, charts, graphs and experimental kits etc., for imparting effective instructions in the subject. The teacher should explain about field, applications before teaching the basics to develop proper understanding of the physical, phenomenon. Use of demonstration and animations can make the subject interesting and may, develop scientific temper in the students. Teacher must plan a tour of Science Park/planetarium, available in nearby areas in order to enhance the interest in this course., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, •, •, •, •, •, , Assignment & Quiz,, Mid-Term and End-Term written test,, Model Making,, Actual Lab & Practical Work,, Viva-Voice, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., , Text Book of Physics (Part-I, Part-II); N.C.E.R.T., Delhi, Concepts in Physics by HC Verma, Vol. I & II, Bharti Bhawan Ltd. New Delhi, A Text Book of Optics, Subramanian and Brij Lal, S Chand & Co., New Delhi, Practical Physics, by C. L. Arora, S Chand publications, Engineering Physics by PV Naik, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, Modern Engineering Physics by SL Gupta, Sanjeev Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications., Physics Volume 2, 5th edition, Haliday Resnick and Krane, Wiley publication, Fundamentals of Physics by Haliday, Resnick & Walker 7th edition, Wiley, publication, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., Time Allotted, Marks Allotted, (Periods), (%), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 61
Page 62 :
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, , 12, 6, 12, 12, 12, 8, 8, , Total, , 70, , 2.3, , 18, 8, 18, 16, 16, 12, 12, 100, , APPLIED MECHANICS, L T, 5 -, , P, 2, , RATIONALE, The subject Applied Mechanics deals with basic concepts of mechanics like laws of forces,, moments, friction, centre of gravity, laws of motion and simple machines which are required by, the students for further understanding of other allied subjects. The subject enhances the, analytical ability of the students., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, • Interpret various types of units and their conversion from one to another., • Analyze different types of forces acting on a body and draw free body diagrams., • Determine the resultant of coplanar concurrent forces., • Calculate the co-efficient of friction for different types of surfaces., • Calculate the least force required to maintain equilibrium on an inclined plane., • Determine the centroid/centre of gravity of plain and composite laminar and solid bodies., • Determine velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency of simple machines, DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction, 1.1, , 1.2, 1.3, , (06 periods), , Concept of engineering mechanics definition of mechanics, statics, dynamics,, application of engineering mechanics in practical fields. Definition of Applied, Mechanics., Definition, basic quantities and derived quantities of basic units and derived units, Different systems of units (FPS, CGS, MKS and SI) and their conversion from, one to another for density, force, pressure, work, power, velocity, acceleration, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 62
Page 63 :
1.4, 2., , Laws of forces, 2.1, , 2.2, , 2.3, , 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 3., , 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, , Composition and resolution of coplanar concurrent forces, resultant force, method, of composition of forces, laws of forces, triangle law of forces, polygon law of, forces - graphically, analytically, resolution of forces, resolving a force into two, rectangular components, Free body diagram, Equilibrant force and its determination, Lami's theorem (concept only), [Simple problems on above topics], Type of Load, supports, Beams- analysis for simply supported, cantilever beams, (14 periods), Concept of moment, Moment of a force and units of moment, Varignon's theorem (definition only), Principle of moment and its applications (Levers – simple and compound, steel, yard, safety valve, reaction at support), Parallel forces (like and unlike parallel force), calculating their resultant, Concept of couple, its properties and effects, General conditions of equilibrium of bodies under coplanar forces, Position of resultant force by moment, [Simple problems on the above topics], , Friction, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, , (12 periods), , Definition of force, measurement of force in SI units, its representation, types of, force: Point force/concentrated force & Uniformly distributed force, effects of, force, characteristics of a force, Different force systems (coplanar and non-coplanar), principle of transmissibility, of forces, law of superposition, , Moment, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, , 4., , Concept of rigid body, scalar and vector quantities, , (14 periods), , Definition and concept of friction, types of friction, force of friction, Laws of static friction, coefficient of friction, angle of friction, angle of repose,, cone of friction, Equilibrium of a body lying on a horizontal plane, equilibrium of a body lying on, a rough inclined plane., Calculation of least force required to maintain equilibrium of a body on a rough, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 63
Page 64 :
inclined plane subjected to a force:, a) Acting along the inclined plane Horizontally, b) At some angle with the inclined plane, 5., , Centre of Gravity, , (10 periods), , 5.1, , 6., , Concept, definition of centroid of plain figures and centre of gravity of, symmetrical solid bodies, 5.2, Determination of centroid of plain and composite lamina using moment method, only, centroid of bodies with removed portion, 5.3, Determination of center of gravity of solid bodies - cone, cylinder, hemisphere, and sphere; composite bodies and bodies with portion removed, [Simple problems on the above topics], Simple Machines, (14 periods), 6.1., 6.2., 6.3., 6.4., 6.5., 6.6., , Definition of effort, velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency of a, machine and their relationship, law of machines, Simple and compound machine (Examples), Definition of ideal machine, reversible and self locking machine, Effort lost in friction, Load lost in friction, determination of maximum mechanical, advantage and maximum efficiency, System of pulleys (first, second, third system of pulleys), determination of velocity, ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency, Working principle and application of wheel and axle, Weston’s Differential Pulley, Block , simple screw jack, worm and worm wheel, single and double winch crab., Expression for their velocity ratio and field of their application, [Simple problems on the above topics], , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , Verification of the polygon law of forces using gravesend apparatus., To verify the forces in different members of jib crane., To verify the reaction at the supports of a simply supported beam., To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency in case of an inclined, plane., To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of a screw jack., To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of worm and, worm wheel., To find mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of single purchase crab., To find out center of gravity of regular lamina., To find out center of gravity of irregular lamina., To determine coefficient of friction between three pairs of given surface., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 64
Page 65 :
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Applied Mechanics being a fundamental subject, the teacher are expected to emphasize on the, application of “Applied Mechanics” in various subjects so that students are able to appreciate the, importance of the subject. Students should also be made conversant with the use of scientific, calculator to solve numerical problems, MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid and end-term written tests, Model/prototype making., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 65
Page 66 :
RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , A Text Book of Applied Mechanics by S Ramamurtham,Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co. Ltd., A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics (Applied Mechanics) by RK Khurmi; S Chand, and Co. Ltd., New Delhi., A Text Book of Applied Mechanics by RK Rajput; Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.., Text Book of Applied Mechanics by Birinder Singh, Kaption Publishing House, New, Delhi., Test Book of Applied Mechanics by AK Upadhya, SK Kataria& Sons, New Delhi, , SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Total, , Time Allotted, (Hrs), 06, 12, 14, 14, 10, 14, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 8, 18, 20, 20, 14, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 66
Page 67 :
2.4 GENERAL ENGINEERING, L T, 6 -, , P, 2, , RATIONALE, Apart from the core subjects, some engineering subjects are included in this diploma course One, of these subjects is General Engg. which aims to impart some necessary knowledge and skill, about other engg disciplines. Inclusion of the subject is further justified by the fact that in, practical field, any job of technician is intermingled. As such the relevant basic topics of these, disciplines are included in the content of the subject., Some study exercises along with some field work have been suggested to give feel of jobs, and equipments involved., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Identify and able to take readings on various electrical equipments(voltmeter,, ammeter, CRO, wattmeter, multi-meter), Determination of voltage-current relationship in a DC circuit under specific, physical conditions, Measure resistance of an ammeter and a voltmeter, Verify DC circuits (Thevenin and Norton Theorem), Verify Kirchhoff's Current and Voltage Laws in a dc circuit, Find the ratio of inductance of a coil having air-core and iron-core respectively and, observe the effect of introduction of a magnetic core on coil inductance, Test a lead - acid storage battery, Measure power and power factor in a single phase R-L-C Circuit and calculation of, active and reactive powers in the circuit., Measure voltages and currents in polyphase a.c. circuits for star ard delta connections., Identify different construction materials and check their quality, Determine the bearing capacity of soils and select suitable foundations for heavy, installations and machineries., Identify various types of concrete and check its quality, Identify different structural elements in a building and the working of RCC., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 67
Page 68 :
DETAILED CONTENTS, SECTION A - ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, , 1., , Overview of DC Circuits, , (06 periods), , 1.1, , 2., , Definition of basic terms, such as current, EMF, Potential Difference (PD);, Ohm’s Law and its limitations; Factors affecting resistors and capacitors; simple, problems on series and parallel combinations of resistors with their wattage, considerations., 1.2, Application of Kirchhoff’s current law and Kirchhoff’s voltage law to simple, circuits. Star – Delta connections and their conversion., DC Circuit Theorems, (06 periods), Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, application of network theorems in solving D.C., circuit problems., , 3., , Voltage and Current Sources, 3.1, 3.2, , 4., , 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 5., , Concept of voltage source, symbol and graphical representation characteristics of, ideal and practical sources., Concept of current sources, symbol, characteristics and graphical representation, of ideal and practical current sources., , Electro Magnetic Induction, 4.1, , 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, , (08 periods), , Concept of electro-magnetic field produced by flow of electric current, magnetic, circuit, concept of magneto-motive force (MMF), flux, reluctance, permeability,, analogy between electric and magnetic circuit.\, Faraday’s laws of electro-magnetic induction, principles of self and mutual, induction, self and mutually induced e.m.f, simple numerical problems., Concept of current growth, decay and time constant in an inductive (RL) circuit., Energy stored in an inductor, series and parallel combination of inductors., , Batteries, 5.1, 5.2, , (04 periods), , (08 periods), , Basic idea of primary and secondary cells, Construction, working principle and applications of Lead-Acid, NickelCadmium and Silver-Oxide batteries, Charging methods used for lead-acid battery (accumulator ), Care and maintenance of lead-acid battery, Series and parallel connections of batteries, General idea of solar cells, solar panels and their applications, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 68
Page 69 :
5.7, , 6., , AC Fundamentals, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, , 7., , (8 periods), , Concept of alternating quantities, Difference between ac and dc, Concepts of: cycle, frequency, time period, amplitude, instantaneous value,, average value, r.m.s. value, maximum value, form factor and peak factor., Representation of sinusoidal quantities by phasor diagrams., Equation of sinusoidal wave form for an alternating quantity and its derivation, Effect of alternating voltage applied to a pure resistance, pure inductance and pure, capacitance., , AC Circuits, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, , 7.6, 7.7, , 8., , Introduction to maintenance free batteries, , (12 periods), , Concept of inductive and capacitive reactance, Alternating voltage applied to resistance and inductance in series., Alternating voltage applied to resistance and capacitance in series., Introduction to series and parallel resonance and its conditions, Power in pure resistance, inductance and capacitance, power in combined RLC, circuits. Power factor, active and reactive power and their significance, definition, and significance of power factor., Definition of conductance, susceptance, admittance, impedance and their units, Introduction to polyphase a.c. systems, advantages of polyphase system over, single phase system. Relations between line and phase value of voltages and, currents for star and delta connections and their phasor diagram, power in, polyphase circuits., , Various Types of Power Plants, 8.1, 8.2, , (06 periods), , Brief explanation of principle of power generation practices in thermal, hydro and, nuclear power stations and their comparative study., Elementary block diagram of above mentioned power stations, SECTION B : CIVIL ENGINEERING, , 9., , Construction Materials, , ( 06 periods ), , Properties and uses of various construction materials such as stones, bricks, lime, content, and timber with their properties, physical/field testing, elements of brick masonry., 10., , Foundations, 10.1, , ( 08 periods), , Bearing capacity of soil and its imporance, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 69
Page 70 :
10.2, , Types of various foundations and their salient features, suitability of various, foundations for heavy, light and vibrating machines., , 11., , Concrete, , (08 periods), , 12., , Various ingredients of concrete, different grades of concrete, water cement ratio,, workability, physical/field testing of concrete, mixing of concrete, placing and curing of, concrete.., RCC, (04 periods), Basics of reinforced cement concrete and its use (elementary knowledge), introduction to, various structural elements of a building., , Note: While imparting instructions, teachers teachers are expected to lay more emphasis on, concepts and principles. It will be better if the classes for general engineering are, conducted by organized demonstrations for explaining various concepts and principles., LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., , 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10, 11., 12., , Operation and use of measuring instruments viz voltmeter, ammeter, CRO, Wattmeter,, multi-meter and other accessories, Determination of voltage-current relationship in a dc circuit under specific physical, conditions and to draw conclusions., Measurement of resistance of an ammeter and a voltmeter, Verification of dc circuits:, a., Thevenin’s theorem,, b., Norton’s theorem,, Observation of change in resistance of a bulb in hot and cold conditions, using voltmeter, and ammeter., Verification of Kirchhoff's Current and Voltage Laws in a dc circuit, To find the ratio of inductance of a coil having air-core and iron-core respectively and to, observe the effect of introduction of a magnetic core on coil inductance, Charging and testing of a lead - acid storage battery., Measurement of power and power factor in a single phase R-.L-.C. circuit and, calculation of active and reactive powers in the circuit., Verification of line to line and line to neutral voltages and current in star and delta, connections., Study of green energy, Testing of bricks, a) Shape and size, b) Soundness test, c) Water absorption, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 70
Page 71 :
13., , 14., , d) Crushing strength, Testing of concrete, a) Slump test, b) Compressive Strength of concrete cube, The students should be taken to different construction sites to show them various, construction materials, concreting process and construction of RCC structural elements,, foundations and other civil works., , Note: Visit to a nearby Power Station(s) may be arranged to demonstrate various aspects of, subject., INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Teachers should lay emphasis on basic principles and use charts in class, visits to labs and, industry may be arranged to demonstrate certain materials and practices., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, -, , Sessional Tests, , -, , End term Tests, , -, , Practicals, , -, , Viva-Voce, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., , Basic Electrical Engineering by PS Dhogal, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Education Pvt Ltd., New, Delhi., Experiments in Basic Electrical Engineering by SK Bhattacharya, KM Rastogi; New Age, International (P) Ltd.; Publishers New Delhi., Electrical Technology by BL Theraja, S Chand and Co, New Delhi., Basic Electrical Engineering by JB Gupta; SK Kataria and Sons, New Delhi., Basic Electrical Engineering by Asfaque Husain, Jain Book Depot, New Delhi, Textbook of Concrete Technology 2 nd Edition, by Kulkarni, PD Ghosh TK and Phull,, YR; New Age International(P) Ltd, Publishers, New Delhi, Materials of Construction by Ghosh; Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, Civil Engineering Materials by TTTI, Chandigarh; Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi, Concrete Technology by J.Jha and Sinha; Khanna Publishers, Delhi, Building Construction by Jha and Sinha; Khanna Publishers, Delhi, Building Construction by Vairani and Chandola; Khanna Publishers, Delhi, Civil Engineering Materials by SV Deodhar and Singhai; Khanna Publishers, New, Delhi, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 71
Page 72 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., Time Allotted, Marks Allotted, (Periods), (%), 1., 06, 8, 2., 06, 6, 3., 04, 4, 4., 08, 10, 5., 08, 10, 6., 08, 10, 7., 12, 14, 8, 06, 8, 9., 06, 6, 10., 08, 10, 11., 08, 8, 12., 04, 4, Total, 84, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 72
Page 73 :
2.5, , ENGINEERING DRAWING - II, L T P, - - 8, , RATIONALE, Drawing is the language of engineers and technicians. Reading and interpreting engineering, drawing is their day-to-day responsibility. The subject is aimed at developing basic graphic skills, in the students so as to enable them to use these skills in preparation of engineering drawings,, their reading and interpretation. The emphasis, while imparting instructions, should be to, develop conceptual skills in the students following BIS SP 46 – 1988., Note:, 1), 2), 3), , First angle projection is to be followed., Minimum 16 sheets to be prepared. At least 2 sheets in AutoCAD., Instructions relevant to various drawings may be given along with, appropriate demonstration, before assigning drawing practice to the students., Continuous evaluation be done by the teachers for exercises/work done on CAD, software. For this proper record may be maintained for its inclusion in the internal, assessment., , 4), , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Draw and learn different types of wooden joints used in furniture., Draw the assembly from part details of objects, Identify and draw different types of screw threads used in various machines and, assemblies as per domestic and international standards, Draw different types of nuts, bolts and washers, Draw various locking devices and foundation bolts, Draw different section of various types of keys and cotter joints, Draw various riveted joints, Draw various types of couplings used in power transmission., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 73
Page 74 :
•, , Prepare drawing of given joints/couplings using AutoCAD, DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Detail and Assembly Drawing, , (02 sheets), , Principle and utility of detail and assembly drawings, 1.1, Wooden joints i.e. corner mortice and tenon joint, Tee halving joint, Mitre faced, corner joint, Tee bridle joint, Crossed wooden joint, Cogged joint, Dovetail joint,, Through Mortice and Tenon joint, furniture drawing - freehand and with the help, of drawing instruments., 2., , Screw Threads, 2.1, , 3., , 4., , 4.2, 4.3, , 5.2, , 6., , (02 sheets), , Different types of locking devices-Lock nut, castle nut, split pin nut, locking, plate, slotted nut and spring washer., Foundations bolts-Rag bolt, Lewis bolt, curved bolt and eye bolt., Drawing of various types of studs, , Keys and Cotters, 5.1, , (02 sheets), , Different views of hexagonal and square nuts. Square and hexagonal headed bolt, Assembly of Hexagonal headed bolt and Hexagonal nut with washer., Assembly of square headed bolt with hexagonal and with washer., , Locking Devices, 4.1, , 5., , Thread Terms and Nomenclature, 2.1.1 Types of threads-External and Internal threads, Right and Left hand, threads (Actual and Conventional representation), single and multiple start, threads., 2.1.2 Different Forms of screw threads-V threads (B.S.W threads, B.A thread,, American National and Metric thread), Square threads (square, Acme,, Buttress and Knuckle thread), , Nuts and Bolt, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, , (03 sheets), , (03 sheets), , Various types of keys and cotters - their practical application, drawings of various, keys and cotters showing keys and cotters in position, Various types of joints, - Spigot and socket joint, - Gib and cotter joint, - Knuckle joint, , Rivets and Riveted Joints, , (04 sheets), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 74
Page 75 :
6.1, 6.2, 6.3, , 7., , Couplings, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, , *8., , Types of general purpose-rivets heads, Caulking and fullering of riveted joints, Types of riveted joints, (i), Lap joint-Single riveted, double riveted (chain and zig-zag type), (ii), Single riveted, Single cover plate butt joint, (iii), Single riveted, double cover plate butt joint, (iv), Double riveted, double cover plate butt joint(chain and zig-zag type), , (02 sheets), , Introduction to coupling, their use and types, Flange coupling (protected), Flexible Coupling, , Use of CAD software, , (02 sheets), , Draw any two joints/coupling using CAD software from the following:, i), Sleeve and cotter joint, ii), Knuckle joint, iii), Spigot and socket joint, iv), Gib and cotter joint, v), Flange coupling, vi), Muff coupling, * Auto CAD drawing will be evaluated internally by sessional marks and not, by final theory paper., INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Teacher should show model of realia of the component/part whose drawing is to be made., Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning and layout of sheet. Focus should be on, proper selection of drawing instruments and their proper use. The institute should procure, AutoCAD or other engineering graphics software for practice in engineering drawings. Teachers, should undergo training in AutoCAD/Engineering Graphic. Separate labs for practice on, AutoCAD should be established., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, , Sketches, Drawing, Use of software, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 75
Page 76 :
RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing by Surjit Singh; Dhanpat Rai & Co., Delhi, 2. Engineering Drawing by PS Gill; SK Kataria& Sons, New Delhi, 3. Elementary Engineering Drawing in First Angle Projection by ND Bhatt; Charotar, Publishing House (Pvt. Ltd.), Anand, 4. Engineering Drawing I & II by JS Layall; Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar, 5. AutoCAD 2010: For Engineers & Designers by Prof. Sham Tickoo& D. Sarvanan; Wiley, India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 76
Page 77 :
2.6 GENERAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE –II, (Common for Mechanical Engineering and Agriculture Engineering), L T P, - - 8, RATIONALE, In order to have a balanced overall development of diploma engineers, it is necessary to integrate, theory with practice. General workshop practices are included in the curriculum in order to, provide hands-on experience about use of different tools and basic manufacturing practices. This, subject aims at developing general manual and machining skills in the students. In addition, the, development of dignity of labour, safety at work place, team working and development of right, attitude are the other objectives., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completing the course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Identify tools and equipment used and their respective functions., Identify different types of materials and their basic properties., Use and take measurements with the help of basic measuring tools/equipment., Select proper tools for a particular operation., Select materials, tools, and sequence of operations to make a job as per given, specification/drawing., Prepare simple jobs independently and inspect the same., Follow safety procedures and precautionary measures., Use safety equipment and Personal Protection Equipment., DETAILED CONTENTS (PRACTICAL EXERCISES), , Note:, , The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress prescribed by the institute., Wearing shoes in the workshop(s) is compulsory. Importance of safety and cleanliness,, safety measures and upkeep of tools, equipment and environment in each of the, following shops should be explained and practiced. The students should prepare, sketches of various tools/jobs in their practical Notebook., , The following shops are included in the syllabus:, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 77
Page 78 :
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1., , Fitting Shop, Sheet Metal Shop, Welding Shop, Foundry Shop, Machine Shop, FITTING SHOP, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, , Use of personal protective equipment and safety precautions while working., Basic deburring processes., Introduction to fitting shop tools, marking and measuring devices/equipment., Identification of materials. (Iron, Copper, Stainless Steel, Aluminium etc.), Identification of various steel sections (flat, angle, channel, bar etc.)., Introduction to various fitting shop operations/processes (Hacksawing, Drilling,, Chipping and Filing)., 1.7 Job Practice, ., Job I Marking of job, use of marking tools, filing and use of measuring, instruments. (Vernier caliper, Micrometer and Vernier height gauge)., JobII Filing a rectangular/square piece to maintain dimensions within an, accuracy of ±.25 mm., Job IIIMaking a cut-out from a square piece of MS flat using hand hacksaw, and chipping, Job IV Drilling and tapping practice on MS Flat., 2. SHEET METAL SHOP, 2.1 Introduction to sheet metal shop, use of hand tools and accessories e.g. different, types of hammers, hard and soft mallet, sheet and wire gauge, necessary allowance, required during job fabrication, selection of material., 2.2 Introduction and demonstration of hand tools used in sheet metal shop., 2.3 Introduction and demonstration of various machines and equipment used in sheet, metal shop e.g. Shearing Machine, Bar Folder, Burring Machine,, 2.4 Introduction and demonstration of various raw materials used in sheet metal shop, e.g. black-plain sheet, galvanized-iron plain sheet, galvanised corrugated sheet,, aluminium sheet etc., 2.5 Study of various types of nuts, bolts, rivets, screws etc., 2.6 Job Practice, Job I: Shearing practice on a sheet using hand shears., Job II: Practice on making Single riveted lap joint/Double riveted lap Joint., Job III: Practice on making Single cover plate chain type, zig-zag type and, single rivetted Butt Joint., 3, , WELDING SHOP – I, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 78
Page 79 :
3.1 Introduction and importance of welding as compared to other material joining, processes. Specifications and type of welding machines, classification and coding of, electrodes, welding parameters, welding joints and welding positions. Materials to be, welded, safety precautions., , 3.2 Job Practice, Job I, Practice of striking arc (Minimum 4 beads on 100 mm long M.S. flat)., Job II, Practice of depositing beads on plate at different current levels. (Minimum, 4 beads on M.S. plate at four setting of current level)., Job III, Preparation of lap joint using arc welding process., Job IV, Preparation of T-joint using gas welding or arc welding, on 100 mm x, 6 mm MS Flat, 4, , FOUNDRY SHOP, 4.1Study of metal and non metals, 4.2Study and Sketch of the Foundry tools, 4.3Study and sketch of Cupola and pit furnace, 4.4To prepare green moulding sand and to prepare moulds (single piece and double piece, pattern sweep mould), 4.5.Casting of non ferrous (lead or aluminium), , 5, , MACHINE SHOP, 5.1Study and sketch of lathe machine, 5.2Study and Sketch of grinders, milling machine, drilling machine and CNC machine., 5.3Plain and step turning and knurling practice., 5.4Study and sketch of planning/shaping machine and to plane a rectangle of cast iron., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, − Workshop jobs, − Report writing, presentation and viva voce, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., Workshop Technology I,II,III, by SK Hajra, Choudhary and AK Choudhary; Media, Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai., 2., Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Manchanda; India Publishing House, Jalandhar., 3., Workshop Training Manual Vol. I, II by S.S. Ubhi; Katson Publishers, Ludhiana., 4., Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy; MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi, 5., Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan; Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.,, New Delhi, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 79
Page 80 :
6., 7., , Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi, Workshop Technology by HS Bawa; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi., , 3.1, , APPLIED MATHEMATICS –III, L T P, 5 - -, , RATIONALE, Contents of this course provide understanding of some elementary and advanced mathematics, algorithms and their applications of solving engineering problems. Content of this course will, enable students to use some advanced techniques like Beta-Gamma function, Fourier series,, Laplace transform and probability distributions in solving complex engineering problems., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , understand matrix operations and uses of matrix in different problems., apply elementary row and column operations in finding inverse of a matrix., find Eigen values, Eigen vectors of a matrix and their different properties., understand degree/order of differential equations and their solution techniques., use differential equations in engineering problems of different areas., find Fourier series expansion of a function, apply Laplace transform and their applications in solving engineering problems., understand concept of probability distribution and their applications., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1. Matrices, 1.1, , 1.2, 1.3, , (16 Periods), , Algebra of Matrices, Addition, Multiplication of matrices, Null matrix and a unit matrix, Square matrix,, Symmetric, Skew symmetric, Hermitian, Skew hermition, Orthagonal, Unitary,, diagonal and Triangular matrix, Determinant of a matrix., Definition and Computation of inverse of a matrix., Elementry Row/Column Transformation, Meaning and use in computing inverse and rank of a matrix., Linear Dependence, Linear dependence/independence of vectors, Definition and computation of rank of, matrix. Computing rank through determinants, Elementary row transformation and, through the concept of a set of independent vectors, Consistency of equations., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 80
Page 81 :
1.4, , 2., , Differential Calculus, 2.1, 2.2, , 2.3, , 3., , (15 Periods), , Function of two variables, identification of surfaces in space, conicoids, Partial Differentiation :, Directional derivative, Gradient, Use of gradient f, Partial derivatives, Chain rule,, Higher order derivatives, Euler’s theorem for homogeneous functions, Jacobians., Vector Calculus :, Vector function, Introduction todouble and triple integral,differentiation and, integration of vector functions, gradient, divergence and curl, differential, derivatives., , Differential Equation, 3.1, , 3.2, , 3.3, , 3.4, , 4., , Eigen Pairs, Definition and evaluation of eign values and eign vectors of a matrix of order two, and three, Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without Proof) and its verification, Use in, finding inverse and powers of a matrix., , (15 Periods), , Formation, Order, Degree, Types, Solution :, Formation, of differential equations through, physical,, geometrical,, mechanical and electrical considerations, Order, Degree of a differential equation,, Linear, nonlinear equation., First Order Equations :, Variable seperable, equations reducible to seperable forms, Homogeneous, equtions, equations reducible to homogeneous forms, Linear and Bernoulli form, exact equation and their solutions., Higher Order Linear Equation :, Property of solution, Linear differential equation with constant coefficients, (PI for X= ax, Sinax, Cosax, Xn, axV, XV, Simple Applications, LCR circuit, Motion under gravity, Newton's law of cooling,, radioactive, decay, Population growth, Force vibration of a mass point attached to spring, with and without damping, effect. Equivalence of electrical and mechanical, system, , Integral Calculus, , (12 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 81
Page 82 :
4.1, 4.2, , 4.3, , 5., , Beta and Gamma Functions :, Definition, Use, Relation between the two, their use in evaluating integrals., Fourier Series :, Fourier series of f(x),-n<x<n, Odd and even function,Half range series., , Laplace Transform :, Definition, Basic theorem and properties, Unit step and Periodic functions,, inverse laplace transform, Solution of ordinary differential equations, , Probability and Statistics, 5.1, 5.2, , (12 Periods), , Probability :, Introduction, Addition and Multiplication theorem and simple problem., Distribution :, Discrete and continuous distribution, Binomial Distribution, Poisson, Distribution, Normal Distribution.., , INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY, The content of this course is to be taught on conceptual basis with plenty of real world, examples. The basic elements of Laplace transform, differential equations and applications of, differential equations can be taught with engineering applications of relevant branch., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, , Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests, Mid-term and End-term Written Tests, Model/Prototype Making, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3, 4., 5., , Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,, Applied Mathematics-III by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut., Applied Mathematics-II by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication, Meerut., E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 82
Page 83 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic, Time Allotted, Marks Allotted, (Periods), (%), 1., 16, 24, 2., 15, 20, 3., 15, 20, 4, 12, 18, 5, 12, 18, Total, 70, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 83
Page 84 :
3.2 ENGINEERING MATERIALS, L T P, 4 - 2, RATIONALE, Lot of development has taken place in the field of materials. New materials are being developed, and it has become possible to change the properties of materials to suit the requirements., Diploma holders in this course are required to make use of different materials for various, applications. For this purpose, it is necessary to teach them basics of metal structure, properties,, usage and testing of various ferrous and non ferrous materials and various heat treatment, processes. This subject aims at developing knowledge about the characteristics, testing and, usage of various types of materials used in industries., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , distinguish between metals and non metals and ferrous and non ferrous materials., explain the arrangement of atoms in various crystals., carryout various heat treatment processes., analyze microstructure and changes in microstructure due to heat treatment., classify various types of plastics and rubber., explain properties and applications of composites, ceramics and smart materials., select suitable material to be used for various engineering applications., perform destructive and non-destructive testing of materials., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Introduction, , (06 Periods), , Material, History of Material Origin, Scope of Material Science, Overview of different, engineering materials and applications,, Classification of materials, Thermal,, Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical properties of various materials, Present and future, needs of materials, Overview of Biomaterials and semi-conducting materials, Various, issues of Material Usage-Economical, Environment and Social., 2., , Crystallography, , (08 Periods), , Fundamentals: Crystal, Unit Cell, Space Lattice, Arrangement of atoms in, Simple, Cubic Crystals, BCC, FCC and HCP Crystals, Number of atoms per unit Cell, Atomic Packing, Factor., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 84
Page 85 :
Deformation: Overview of deformation behavior and its mechanism, behavior of, material under load control and strain control., Failure Mechanisms: Overview of failure modes, fracture, fatigue and creep., 3., , Metals And Alloys, , (12 Periods), , Ferrous Materials: Different iron ores, Raw materials in production of iron and steel,, Basic process of iron-making and steel-making, Classification of iron and steel., Cast Iron: Different types of Cast Iron, manufacture and their use. Classification of Grey, cast iron and S.G. iron, Steels: Steels and alloy steel, Classification of plain carbon steels, Properties and usage, of different types of Plain Carbon Steels, Effect of various alloys on, properties of, steel, Uses of alloy steels (high speed steel, stainless steel, spring steel, silicon steel), Non Ferrous Materials: Properties and uses of Aluminum, Copper and Zinc and their, alloys, 4., , Heat Treatment, , (06 Periods), , Purpose of heat treatment, Solid solutions and its types, Formation and decomposition of, Austenite, Martensitic Transformation – Simplified Transformation Cooling Curves., Various heat treatment processes- hardening, tempering, annealing, normalizing, Case, hardening and surface hardening, Hardenability of steels, Selection of case carburizing, and induction hardening steels. Types of heat treatment furnaces (only basic idea), 5., , Plastics, , (06 Periods), , Important sources of plastics, Classification-thermoplastic and thermoset and their uses,, Various trade names of plastics, Plastic coatings, food grade plastics. Applications of, plastics in automobile and domestic use., Rubber classification - Natural and synthetic. Selection of rubber, 6., , Advanced Materials, , (06 Periods), , 7., , Composites-Classification, properties, applications, Ceramics-Classification, properties, applications, Adhesives – Classification, properties and applications, Smart materials - properties and applications., Miscellaneous Materials, , (06 Periods), , Overview of -Tool and Die materials, Materials for bearing metals, Materials for Nuclear, Energy, Refractory materials., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 85
Page 86 :
8., , Identification and Testing of Materials (Destructive and NDT), Identification of metal by giving mini projects., Destructive testing: Stress testing, Harness testing, Non-destructive testing: Eddy-current, Magnetic-particle,, radiographic, Ultrasounic and visual testing, , (06 Periods), , Liquid, , penetration,, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., , 3., , Use of diamond polishing apparatus., To perform following heat treatment process on materials of known carbon percentage, and checking the change in the properties, a) Annealing, b) Normalising, c) Care hardening, Preparation of specimens and study of micro structure of given metals and alloys on, metallurgical microscope, a), b), c), d), e), f), , 4., 5., , Brass, Bronze, Grey Cast Iron, Low Carbon Steel, High Carbon Steel, High Speed Steel, , To prepare specimen for microscope examination for polishing, To determine composition of alloy steel by steeloscope, , MEANS OF ASSEESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Actual Practical Performance, Small projects, Viva-voce, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 86
Page 87 :
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, While imparting instructions, teacher should show various types of engineering materials to the, students. Students should be asked to collect samples of various materials available in the, market. Visits to industry should be planned to demonstrate use of various types of materials or, Heat Treatment Processes in the industry., RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Text book of Material Science by R.K. Rajput; Katson Pubs, Ludhiana, Text book of Material Science by V.K. Manchanda; India Publishing House, Jalandhar., Introduction to Material Science by A.R. Gupta, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi., Material Science by Hazra, Chaudhary, Material Science and Engineering Raghuan by Raghvaan PHI, E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh, , Website for Reference, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 06, 08, 12, 06, 06, 06, 06, 06, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 10, 16, 22, 12, 10, 10, 10, 10, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 87
Page 88 :
3.3, , MECHANICS OF SOLIDS, , L T P, , 4 1, , 2, , RATIONALE, Diploma holders in this course are required to analyze reasons for failure of different components and, select the required material for different applications. For this purpose, it is essential to teach them, concepts, principles, applications and practices covering stress, strain, bending moment, shearing force,, shafts and columns. It is expected that efforts will be made to provide appropriate learning experiences, in the use of basic principles in the solution of applied problems to develop the required competencies., , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , interpret various concepts and terms related to strength of materials, calculate stresses in bars of various cross-section., calculate energy stored by materials subjected to axial loads., calculate moment of inertia of different sections., interpret the concept of bending and torsion and calculate stresses on different section of, materials., draw and calculate shear force and bending moment diagrams of beam under given, loading, calculate stresses in thin cylindrical shells., determine the diameter of a shaft under combined bending and torsion., calculate critical axial loads on column under different end constraints., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Stresses and Strains, (10 Periods), 1.1. Basic assumptions; Concept of load, stress and strain, 1.2. Tensile compressive and shear stresses and strains, 1.3. Concept of Elasticity, Elastic limit and limit of proportionality., 1.3.1. Nominal and true stress-strain diagrams., 1.3.2, Hook’s Law, 1.3.3. Young Modulus of elasticity, 1.3.4. Nominal stress, 1.3.5. Yield point, plastic stage, 1.3.6, Ultimate strength and breaking stress, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 88
Page 89 :
1.4., 1.5., 1.6., , 2., , 1.3.7. Percentage elongation, 1.3.8. Proof stress and working stress, 1.3.9. Factor of safety, 1.3.10 Poisson’s Ratio, 1.3.11 Shear modulus, 1.3.12 Deflection and stiffness, Concepts of fatigue, creep and stress concentration, Thermal stresses, Principal stress, principal plane under direct and shear stress, graphical, determination by Mohr’s circle method., , Resilience, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, , (04 Periods), , Resilience, proof resilience and modulus of resilience, Strain energy due to direct stresses, Stresses due to gradual, sudden and falling load., , 3., , Moment of Inertia, (05 Periods), 3.1. Concept of moment of inertia and second moment of area, 3.2, Radius of gyration, 3.3, Theorem of perpendicular axis and parallel axis (without derivation), 3.4, Second moment of area of common geometrical sections :Rectangle, Triangle,, Circle (without derivation); Second moment of area for L,T and I section, 3.5, Section modulus, , 4., , Bending Stresses, 4.1, 4.2., 4.3., 4.4., 4.5., 4.6., 4.7, , 5., , (06 Periods), , Concept of Bending stresses, Theory of simple bending, Use of the equation σ/y = M/I = E/R, Concept of moment of resistance, Bending stress diagram, Calculation of maximum bending stress in beams of rectangular, circular, and T, section., Permissible bending stress Section modulus for rectangular, circular, and symmetrical I section., , Torsion (04 Periods), 5.1., 5.2., 5.3., , Concept of torsion- difference between torque and torsion., Use of torque equation for circular shaft, Comparison between solid and hollow shaft with regard to their strength and, weight., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 89
Page 90 :
5.4., 5.5, 6., , Shear Force and Bending Moment, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, , 7., , Concept of beam and form of loading, Concept of end supports-Roller, hinged and fixed, Concept of bending moment and shearing force, S.F. and B.M. Diagram for cantilever and simply supported, without overhang subjected to concentrated load and U.D.L., , 8.2, 8.3, , beams with and, , (05 Periods), , Concept of column, modes of failure, Types of columns, Buckling load, crushing load, Slenderness ratio, Factors effecting strength of a column, End restraints, Effective length, Strength of column by Euler Formula without derivation, Rankine Gourdan formula ( without derivation), , Thin Cylinder and Spherical Shells, 8.1, , 9., , (10 Periods), , Columns, 7.1., 7.2., 7.3., 7.4., 7.5., 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9., , 8., , Power transmitted by shaft, Concept of mean and maximum torque, , (04 Periods), , Introduction to longitudinal stresses, circumferential or hoop stresses and radial, stresses, Longitudinal and circumferential stresses in thin cylinder, Longitudinal and circumferential stresses in thin Spherical shells, , Slope and Deflections of Beams:, , (08 Periods), , 9.1 Definition of slope and deflection, sign convention. Circular bending. Calculation, of maximum slope and deflection for the following standard cases by double, integration or moment area method., a) Cantilever having point load at the free end, b) Cantilever having point load at any point of the span, c) Cantilever with uniformly distributed load over the entire span, d) Cantilever having U.D.L. over part of the span from free end, e) Cantilever having U.D.L. over a part of span from fixed end, f) Simply supported beam with point load at centre of the span., g) Simply supported beam with U.D. L. over entire span., Note: All examples will be for constant moment of inertia without derivation of formula., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 90
Page 91 :
LIST OF PRACTICALS, , 1., 2., 3., 4., , 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , To find the sheer force at a given section of simply supported beam for different loading., To find the value of ‘E’ for a steel beam by method of deflection for different loads., To determine the Max-Fiber stress in X-section of simply supported beam with, concentrated loads and to find the neutral axis of the section., To determine the ultimate tensile strength, its modulus of Elasticity, stress at yield point,, Elongation and contraction in X-sectional area of the specimen by U.T.M. through necking, phenomenon., To determine the ultimate crushing strength of materials like steel and copper and compare, their strength., To determine Rockwell Hardness No. and Brinell Hardness No. of a sample., To estimate the Shock Resistance of different qualities of materials by Izod’s test and, Charpy test., To determine the bending moment at a given section of a simply supported beam for, different loading., Top determine the various parameters of helical coil spring., To determine the angle of twist for a given torque by torsion apparatus and to plot a graph, between torque and angle of twist., , MEANS OF ASSEESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Actual Practical Performance, Small projects, Viva-voce, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., , Expose the students to real life problems., Plan assignments so as to promote problem solving abilities and develop continued, learning skills., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, , 1., 2., 3., 4., , SOM by Birinder Singh; Katson Publishing House, New Delhi., SOM by RS Khurmi; S.Chand& Co; New Delhi, Mechanics of Materials by Dr.Kirpal Singh; Standard Publishers Distribution, New Delhi., Elements of SOM by D.R. Malhotra and H.C.Gupta; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 91
Page 92 :
5., 6., , Mechanics of Solids by Karmveer Saini, Krishna Publication House, Meerut., E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, , Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 10, 04, 05, 06, 04, 10, 05, 04, 08, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 12, 08, 08, 12, 10, 16, 10, 08, 16, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 92
Page 93 :
3.4, , THERMAL ENGINEERING, L T, 5 1, , P, 3, , RATIOANLE, A diploma holder in this course is supposed to maintain steam generators, turbines, compressors and, other power plant equipment. Therefore, it is essential to impart him basic concepts of, thermodynamics, steam generators, steam turbines, compressors and about IC engines., , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , apply thermodynamic laws., solve basic problems of gas equation using perfect gas laws., determine enthalpy, specific heat capacity and P-V-T surface of an ideal and real gas., explain the working, construction and applications of steam boilers and steam generators, explain the functions and uses of air compressors., interpret different modes of heat transfer., explain the working of IC engine., assist in testing an IC engine., explain the functioning of steam turbine, gas turbine and jet propulsion., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Fundamental Concepts, , (06 Periods), , Thermodynamic state and system, boundary, surrounding, universe, thermodynamic, systems – closed, open, isolated, adiabatic, homogeneous and heterogeneous,, macroscopic and microscopic, properties of system – intensive and extensive,, thermodynamic equilibrium, quasi – static process, reversible and irreversible processes,, Zeroth law of thermodynamics, definition of properties like pressure, volume,, temperature, enthalpy, internal energy., 2., , Laws of Perfect Gases, , (03 Periods), , Definition of gases, explanation of perfect gas laws – Boyle’s law, Charle’s law,, Avagadro’s law, Regnault’s law, Universal gas constant, Characteristic gas constants,, derivation Specific heat at constant pressure, specific heat at constant volume of gas,, simple problems on gas equation, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 93
Page 94 :
3., , Thermodynamic Processes on Gases, , (05 Periods), , Types of thermodynamic processes – isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, hyperbolic,, isentropic, polytropic and throttling processes, equations representing the processes, Derivation of work done, change in internal energy, rate of heat transfer for the above, processes, 4., , Laws of Thermodynamics, , (06 Periods), , Laws of conservation of energy, first law of thermodynamics (Joule’s experiment),, Application of first law of thermodynamics to non-flow systems – Constant volume,, constant pressure, Adiabatic and polytropic processes., Steady flow energy equation, Application of steady flow energy to equation, turbines,, pump, boilers, nozzles., Heat source and heat sinks, statement of second laws of thermodynamics: Kelvin, Planck’s statement, Clasius statement, Perpetual motion Machine of first kind, second, kind, Carnot engine, Introduction of third law of thermodynamics, concept of, irreversibility, entropy, ideal and real gases., 5., , Properties of Steam, , (05 Periods), , Formation of steam and related terms, thermodynamics properties of steam, steam tables,, internal latent heat, internal energy of steam, Mollier diagram (H – S Chart), Expansion, of steam, Hyperbolic, reversible adiabatic and throttling processes, Quality of steam (dryness fraction),, 6., , Steam Generators, , (04 Periods), , Uses of steam, classification of boilers, comparison of fire tube and water tube boilers., Construction features of Lancashire boiler, Nestler boiler, Babcock & Wilcox Boiler., Introduction to modern boilers., 7., , Air Standard Cycles, , (04 Periods), , Meaning of air standard cycle – its use, condition of reversibility of a cycle, Description of Carnot cycle, Otto cycle, Diesel cycle, simple problems on efficiency,, calculation for different cycles, Reasons for highest efficiency of Carnot cycle over all other cycles working between, same temperature limits, , 8., , Air Compressors, , (05 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 94
Page 95 :
Functions of air compressor – uses of compressed air, type of air compressors, Single stage reciprocating air compressor, its construction and working, representation of, processes involved on P – V diagram, calculation of work done., Rotary compressors – types, descriptive treatment of centrifugal compressor, axial flow, compressor, vane type compressor, 9., , Introduction to Heat Transfer, , (04 Periods), , Modes of heat transfer, Fourier’s law, steady state conduction, composite structures,, Natural and forced convection, thermal radiation, 10., , IC Engines, , (12 Periods), , Introduction, Working principle of two stroke and four stroke cycle, SI engines and CI, engines, Otto cycle, diesel cycle and dual cycle, Location and functions of various parts, of IC engines and materials used for them., Testing of IC, Engines: Engine power - indicated and brake power, Efficiency - mechanical, thermal., relative and volumetric, Methods of finding indicated and brake power, Morse test for, petro1 engine, Heat balance sheet, simple numerical problems, Concept of pollutants in, SI and CI engines, pollution control, norms for two or four wheelers - EURO - 1,, EURO – 2., 11., , Steam Turbines and Steam Condensers, (08 Periods), Function and use of steam turbine, Steam nozzles - types and applications, Steam turbines - impulse, reaction, construction and working principle, Governing of steam turbines, Function of a steam condenser, elements of condensing, plant, Classification - jet condenser, surface condenser, Cooling pond and cooling towers, , 12., , Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion, , (08 Periods), , Classification, open cycle gas turbine and closed cycle gas turbine, comparison of gas, turbines with reciprocating IC engines, applications and limitations of gas turbine. Open, cycle constant pressure gas turbines - general layout, PV and TS diagram and working of, gas turbine., Closed cycle gas turbines, PV and TS diagram and working., Principle of operation of ram-jet engine and turbo jet engine - application of jet engines, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, , 1., 2., , Demonstration of mountings and accessories on a boiler., Demonstrate the working of air compressor., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 95
Page 96 :
3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., , Demonstration of heat transfer through conduction, convection and Radiation, Study of working of high-pressure boiler, Study the working of Lancashire boiler and Nestler boiler, Determination of BHP by dynamometer., Morse test on multi-cylinder petrol engine., Study and Sketch of cut section of 2-stroke and 4-stroke engines., To determine dry fraction of steam by throttling and separating calorimeter., , MEANS OF ASSEESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Actual Practical Performance, Small projects, Viva-voce, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Engineering Thermodynamics by PK Nag; Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi., Basic Engineering Thermodynamics by Roy Chaudhary; Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi., Engineering Thermodynamics by CP Arora; Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi., A Treatise on Heat Engineering by VP Vasandani and DS Kumar; Metropolitan Book, Company., Internal Commercial Engine by V. Ganeshan; Tata McGraw Hill, Education, E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 96
Page 97 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Total, , Time Allotted, (periods), 06, 03, 05, 06, 05, 04, 04, 05, 04, 12, 08, 08, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 08, 04, 08, 08, 08, 06, 06, 08, 06, 16, 12, 10, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 97
Page 98 :
3.5 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND 3D MODELLING, L T P, - - 8, RATIONALE, Computer Aided Design plays a very important role in designing products with exact determines, for manufacturing industries. Modellings helps to achieve the designed shape and size of, products for the manufacturing sector. After studying this subject the students will be able to, know Drafting, Designing and Modelling techniques which helps a manufacturer machines, sound for better product development., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completion of this course, the students will be able to :, • know the advantages of using CAD in comparison with conventional method., • draw and interpret CAD drawings using drawing, editing and viewing in CAD software., • create easy and complex solids and assemblies using various tools in Solid works, software., • can understand exploded views and assembled views, DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction to AutoCAD commands (6 drawing sheets), 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, , 2., , Concept of AutoCAD, Tool bars in Auto CAD, coordinate system, snaps,, Grid, and ortho mode (Absolute, Relative and Polar), Drawing commands – point, line, arc, circle, ellipse, parabola., Editing commands – scale, erase, copy, stretch, lengthen and explode., Dimensioning and placing text in drawing area, Sectioning and hatching, Inquiry for different parameters of drawing entity, Create layers within a drawing, Specifying Geometrical Dimensioning & Tolerancing (GD&T) parameters in, drawing, , Detail and assembly drawing of the following using AUTOCAD (4 sheets), 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, , Plummer Block, Wall Bracket, Stepped pulley, V-belt pulley, Flanged coupling, Machine tool Holder (Three views), Screw jack or knuckle joint, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 98
Page 99 :
2.7, 3., , Foot step bearing, , Isometric Drawing by CAD using Auto CAD (one sheet), ISO Commands, User Co-ordinate System, View points, Viewports Elevation, World Coordinate System X/Y/Z Filter, Drawings of following on computer:, Cone, Cylinder, Isometric view of objects, , 4., , Introduction to Solid works, , Introduction to Sketcher: Sketch Entities, Sketch Tools, Blocks, Dimensioning, 4.1, Part modeling (4 models), Part ModelingTools:4.1.1 Creating reference planes, 4.1.2 Creating Extrude features, Creating Revolve, Creating Swept features4.1.3 Creating Loft features, 4.1.4 Creating Reference - points, axis, coordinates, 4.1.5 Creating curves, 4.1.6 Creating Fillet features, 4.1.7 Inserting Hole types, 4.1.8 Creating Chamfer, 4.1.9 Creating Shell, 4.1.10 Creating Rib, 4.1.11 Creating Pattern Advanced Modeling Tools, 4.1.12 Inserting Fastening features,, 4.1.13 Environment& Utilities - Working with views and manipulating views,, 4.2, Assembly (4 models), Assembly ModelingTools:Introduction to Assembly Modeling& Approaches – Top down and Bottom up approach,, Applying Standard Mates- Coincident, Parallel, Perpendicular, Tangent, Concentric,, Lock, Distance, Angle. Applying Advanced Mates – Symmetric, Width, Path Mate,, Linear/Linear Coupler, Limit Mate. Applying Mechanical Mates – Cam, Hinge, Gear,, Rack Pinion, Screw, and Universal Joint. Manipulating Components - Replacing, Components, Rotating Components, Move Components, Collision Detection, Physical, Dynamics, Dynamic Clearance, Detecting Interference Creating Pattern - Assembly, Pattern, Mirror, Creating Explode Views, 1. Lathe tool past assembly, 2. Shaper tool assembly, 3. Valve assembly, 4. Screw Jack, INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 99
Page 100 :
1., 2., 3., , Teachers should show model or realia of the component/part whose drawing is to, be made., Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning, & layout of sheet., Teachers should ensure use of IS codes related to drawing., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., , Engineering Drawing with AutoCAD 2000 by T. Jeyapooran; Vikas Publishing, House, Delhi., AutoCAD for Engineering Drawing Made Easy by P. NageswaraRao; Tata, McGraw Hill, New Delhi., AutoCAD 2000 for you by UmeshShettigar and Abdul Khader; Janatha, Publishers, Udupi., Auto CAD 2000 by Ajit Singh, TMH, New Delhi., Designing with Pro Engineer, Sham Tickoo by Dream Tech Publications, New, Delhi., Designing with CATIA, by Sham Tickoo, Dream Tech. Publications, New Delhi, e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, , Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 100
Page 101 :
3.6, , WORKSHOP TECHNOLOGY, L T P, 4 - 6, , RATIOANELE, Diploma holders are responsible for supervising production processes to achieve production targets and, for optimal utilization of resources. For this purpose, knowledge about various manufacturing processes, is required to be imparted. Hence the subject of workshop technology., , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Fabricate welding joints using gas welding arc welding, TIG and MIG welding of mild, steel and stainless steel materials., Select suitable (most appropriate) process electrodes, various parameters of process for, given job., Explain principle of operations of modern welding processes., Inspect various welding joints and castings., Prepare pattern for given job., Select material and type of patterns, cores., Prepare sand moulds manually and on machine., Select type of moulding sand, adhesives, compact, strength and parameters of sand for, given job., Cast a mould., Identify a suitable furnace, alloying elements, Carry out deburring of castings., Test the properties of moulding sand (permeability, Strength, refractoriness,, adhesiveness, cohesiveness)., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Welding, 1.1, , (14 Periods), , Welding Process, Principle of welding, Classification of welding processes, Advantages and, limitations of welding, Industrial applications of welding, Welding positions and, techniques, symbols. Safety precautions in welding., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 101
Page 102 :
1.2, , 1.3, , 2., , Gas Welding, Principle of operation, Types of gas welding flames and their applications, Gas, welding equipment - Gas welding torch, Oxy acetylene cutting torch, Blow pipe,, Pressure regulators, Filler rods and fluxes, Arc Welding, Principle of operation, Arc welding machines and equipment, A.C. and D.C. arc, welding, Effect of polarity, current regulation and voltage regulation, Electrodes:, Classification, B.I.S. specification and selection, Flux for arc welding., Requirements of pre heating, post heating of electrodes and work piece. Welding, defects and their testing methods., , 1.4, , Other Welding Processes, Resistance welding: Principle, advantages, limitations, working and applications, of spot welding, seam welding, projection welding and percussion welding,, Atomic hydrogen welding, Shielded metal arc welding, submerged arc welding,, Welding distortion, welding defects, methods of controlling welding defects and, inspection of welded joints. Welding defects and inspection., , 1.5, , Modern Welding Methods, Methods, Principle of operation, advantages, disadvantages and applications of,, Tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding, other welding process, Metal inert gas (MIG), welding, Thermit welding, Electro slag welding, Electron beam welding,, Ultrasonic welding, Laser beam welding, Robotic welding, , Pattern Making, , (10 Periods), , Types of pattern, Pattern material, Pattern allowances, Pattern codes as per B.I.S.,, Introduction to cores, core boxes and core materials, Core making procedure, Core prints,, positioning of cores, 3., , Moulding and Casting, 3.1, , (14 Periods), , Moulding Sand, Properties of moulding sand, their impact and control of properties viz., permeability, refractoriness, adhesiveness, cohesiveness, strength, flow ability,, collapsibility, Various types of moulding sand,Testing of moulding sand. Safety, precautions in foundry., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 102
Page 103 :
4., , 3.2, , Mould Making, Types of moulds, Step involved in making a mould, Molding boxes, hand tools, used for mould making, Molding processes: Bench molding, floor molding, pit, molding and machine molding, Molding machines squeeze machine, jolt squeeze, machine and sand slinger., , 3.3, , Casting Processes, Charging a furnace, melting and pouring both ferrous and non ferrous metals,, cleaning of castings, Principle, working and applications of Die casting: hot, chamber and cold chamber, Investment and lost wax process, centrifugal casting., , 3.4, , Gating and Risering System, Elements of gating system, Pouring basin, sprue, runner, gates, Types of risers,, location of risers, Directional solidification, , 3.5, , Melting Furnaces, Construction and working of Pit furnace, Cupola furnace, Crucible furnace –, tilting type, Electric furnace, , 3.6, , Casting Defects, Different types of casting defects, Testing of defects: radiography, magnetic, particle inspection and ultrasonic inspection., , Metal Farming Process, , (10 Periods), , 4.1, , Press Working- Types of presses, type of dies, selection of press die, die, material. Press Operations-Shearing, piercing trimming, punching, notching,, shaving, gearing, embossing, stamping., , 4.2, , Forging- Open die forging, closed die gorging, Press forging, upset forging,, swaging, up setters, roll forging, Cold and hot forging., , 4.3, , Rolling- Elementary theory of rolling, Types of rolling mills, Thread rolling, roll, passes, Rolling defects and remedies., , 4.4, , Extrusion and Drawing- Type of extrusion- Hot and Cold, Direct and indirect,, pipe drawing, tube drawing, wire drawing., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 103
Page 104 :
5., , Plastic Processing, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, , (08 Periods), , Industrial use of plastics, situation where used., Injection moulding-principle, working of injection moulding machine., Compression moulding-principle, and working of compression moudling, machine., Potential and limitations in the use of plastics, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, General introduction to hand tools used in foundry, welding and pattern making and smithy shop., WELDING SHOP, Job 1., Job 2., Job 3., Job 4., Job 5., Job 6., Job 7, , Preparing gas welding joint in vertical/Horizontal position joining M.S. Plates, Exercise on gas cutting of mild steel plate with oxy-acetylene gas torch., Exercise on gas welding of cast iron and brass part or component., Exercise on preparation of T Joint by arc welding, Exercise on spot welding/seam welding, Exercise on MIG and TIG welding, Exercise on arc welding pipe joint MS., , PATTERN MAKING, Job 1., Job 2., Job 3., Job 4., Job 5., , Preparation of solid/single piece pattern., Preparation of two piece/split pattern, Preparation of a pattern on wooden lathe, Preparation of a self cored pattern, Preparation of a core box., , FOUNDRY SHOP, Job 1., Job 2., Job 3., Job 4., Job 5., Job 6., , Preparation of mould with solid pattern on floor., Preparation of floor mould of solid pattern using cope., Preparation of floor mould of split pattern in cope and drag of moulding box., Moulding and casting of a solid pattern of aluminum, Preparing a mould of step pulley and also preparing core for the same., A visit to cast iron foundry should be arranged to have firsthand knowledge of cast iron, melting pouring and casting., Job 7. Testing of moisture contents and strength of moulding sand., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 104
Page 105 :
FORGING SHOP/FITTING SHOP/SHEET METAL SHOP, , Job 1., Job 2., Job 3., Job 4., , Preparation of single ended spanner by hand/machine forging., Preparation of simple die, Demonstration of spinning process on lathe and spinning a bowl on a lathe machine., Demonstration of grinding process on lathe machine and grinding a job on a lathe, machine, Job 5. Preparation of utility item out of G.I. sheet., Job 6. Preparation of drilling Jig., INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., 4., , Teachers should lay special emphasis in making the students conversant with concepts,, principles, procedures and practices related to various manufacturing processes., Focus should be laid in preparing jobs using various machines/equipment in the, workshop., Use of audio-visual aids/video films should be made to show specialized operations., Foreman Instructor should conduct classes of each Workshop explaining use of tools,, jobs to be made and safety precautions related to each workshop prior to students being, exposed to actual practicals., , RECOMMEMDED BOOKS, , 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Workshop Technology by BS Raghuvanshi : Dhanpat Rai and Sons Delhi, Elements of Workshop Technology by SK Choudhry and Hajra : Asia Publishing House, Welding Engineering by RL Aggarwal and T Manghnani; Khanna Publishers, Delhi, A Text Book of Production Engineering by PC Sharma; S Chand and Company Ltd., Delhi, Foundry Technology by KP Sinha and DB Goel; Roorkee Publishng House, Roorkee., A Text Book of Manufacturing Science and Technology by A Manna, Prentice Hall of, India, Delhi., SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 14, 10, 14, 10, 08, , Marks Allotted, (%), 25, 20, 25, 20, 10, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 105
Page 106 :
Total, , 4.1, , 100, , 100, , COMMUNICATION SKILLS – II, L T P, 4 - 2, , RATIONALE, Knowledge of English Language plays an important role in career development. This subject, aims at introducing basic concepts of communication besides laying emphasis on developing, listening, speaking, reading and writing skills as parts of Communication Skill., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Frame correct sentences with illustrations, Comprehend the language correctly, Interpret the language correctly, Use given material in new situations., Correspond effectively using various types of writings like letters, memos etc., Communicate effectively in English with appropriate body language making use of, correct and appropriate vocabulary and grammar in an organised set up and social, context., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1. Functional Grammar, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2 Reading, , (16 periods), , Prepositions, Framing Questions, Conjunctions, Tenses, (16 periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 106
Page 107 :
2.1, , 3, , Unseen Passage for Comprehension (Vocabulary enhancement - Prefixes,, Suffixes, one word substitution, Synonym and Antonym) based upon the passage, should be covered under this topic., , Writing Skill, 3.1., , 3.2., 3.3., 3.4., , (24 periods), , Correspondence, a), Business Letters- Floating Quotations, Placing Orders, Complaint, Letters., b), Official Letters- Letters to Government and other Offices, Memos, Circular, Office Orders, Agenda & Minutes of Meeting, Report Writing, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, Note: Teaching Learning Process should be focused on the use of the language in writing, reports and making presentations., Topics such as Effective listening, effective note taking, group discussions and regular, presentations by the students need to be taught in a project oriented manner where the, learning happens as a byproduct., Speaking and Listening Skills, 1. Debate, 2. Telephonic Conversation: general etiquette for making and receiving calls, 3. Offering- Responding to offers., 4. Requesting – Responding to requests, 5. Congratulating, 6. Exploring sympathy and condolences, 7. Asking Questions- Polite Responses, 8. Apologizing, forgiving, 9. Complaining, 10. Warning, 11. Asking and giving information, 12. Getting and giving permission, 13. Asking for and giving opinions, INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Students should be encouraged to participate in role play and other student-centered activities in, class rooms and actively participate in listening exercises, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 107
Page 108 :
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, -, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-semester and end-semester written tests, Actual practical work, exercises and viva-voce, Presentation and viva-voce, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2, 3, 4., , Communicating Effectively in English, Book-I by RevathiSrinivas;, Abhishek, Publications, Chandigarh., Communication Techniques and Skills by R. K. Chadha; Dhanpat Rai Publications, New, Delhi., High School English Grammar and Composition by Wren & Martin; S. Chand &, Company Ltd., Delhi., e-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,Chandigarh., , Websites for Reference:, http://www.mindtools.com/ page 8.html – 99k, 1., 2., http://www.letstalk.com.in, 3., http://www.englishlearning.com, 4., http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/, http://swayam.gov.in, 5., SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., , Time Allotted, (Periods), , Marks Allotted, (%), , 1, , 16, , 28, , 2, , 16, , 28, , 3, , 24, , 44, , Total, , 56, , 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 108
Page 109 :
4.2, , REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, L T P, 5 1 2, , RATIONALE, The diploma holders in Mechanical Engineering are responsible for supervising and maintenance of RAC, system. For this purpose, the knowledge and skill covering basic principles of refrigeration and air, conditioning is required to be imparted to the students. Moreover, RAC industry is expanding and, employment opportunities in this field are good., , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , explain the working and construction features of refrigeration and air conditioning, systems, draw and interpret various refrigeration cycles., make basic calculation of psychometric properties and processes., calculate heating and cooling load requirements of a room., explain latest developments in the field of refrigeration and air conditioning., calculate the properties of air by using psychometric chart., detect faults in an air-conditioner/refrigerator., carry out charging of air conditioner., DETAILED CONTENTS, , REFRIGERATION, 1., , Fundamentals of Refrigeration, , (07 Periods), , Introduction to refrigeration, air conditioning, necessity of refrigeration meaning of, refrigerating effect, units of refrigeration, COP, difference between COP and efficiency,, methods of refrigeration, Reversed carnot cycle and its representation on P-V and T-S, diagram. Major application areas of refrigeration and air conditioning., 2., , Vapour Compression System, , (10 Periods), , Introduction, principle, function, parts and necessity of vapour compression system, T- S, and p– h charts, dry, wet and superheated compression. Effect of sub cooling, super, heating, mass flow rate, entropy, enthalpy, work done, Refrigerating effect and COP., actual vapour compression system, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 109
Page 110 :
3., , Refrigerants, , (07 Periods), , Functions, classification of refrigerants, Nomenclature of refrigerant, Desirable properties, of refrigerant, selection of refrigerant, 4., , Air Refrigeration System, , (08 Periods), , Introduction, advantages and disadvantages of air-refrigeration system over vapour, compression system, bell – Collemann cycle, Boot strap system, calculation of mass flow, rate, work done and COP, 5., , Vapour Absorption System, , (08 Periods), , Introduction, principle and working of simple absorption system and domestic electrolux, refrigeration systems. Solar power refrigeration system, advantages and disadvantages of, solar power refrigeration system over vapour compression system.,, 6., , Refrigeration Equipment, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, , 6.5., , (08 Periods), , Compressors- Function, various types of compressors, Condensers - Function, various types of condensers, Evaporators- Function, types of evaporators, Expansion Valves - Function, various types such as capillary tube, thermostatic, expansion valve, low side and high side float valves, application of various, expansion valves, Safety Devices-Thermostat, overload protector LP, HP cut out switch., , AIR CONDITIONING, 7., , Psychrometry, , (08 Periods), , Definition, importance, specific humidity, relative humidity, degree of saturation, DBT,, WBT, DPT, sensible heat, latent heat, Total enthalpy of air., 8., , Applied Psychrometry and Heat Load Estimation., , (08 Periods), , Psychrometric chart, sensible heating and cooling, Adiabatic cooling, Humidification and, dehumidification, cooling and humidification, cooling and dehumidification, heating and, humidification, heating and dehumidefication, by pass factor, room sensible heat factor,, effective room sensible heat factor, grand sensible heat factor, ADP, room DPT. Heating, and cooling load calculation., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 110
Page 111 :
Heating and humidification, cooling and dehumidification, window air-conditioning, split, type air-conditioning, car air-conditioning, central air-conditioning., 9., , Latest development in refrigeration and air conditioning:-, , (06 Periods), , Inverter technology, auto-defrosting, blast cooling, star rating., LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., , Demonstration of various refrigeration tools and equipment., Practice in cutting, bending, flaring, swaging and brazing of tubes., Study of thermostatic switch, LP/HP cut out overload protector filters, strainers and filter, driers., Identify various parts of a refrigerator and window air conditioner., To find COP of Refrigeration system, To measure air flow using anemometer., Charging of a refrigerator/ air conditioner., To detect faults in a refrigerator/ air conditioner, Visit to an ice plant or cold storage plant. or central air conditioning plant., Demonstration and working of window type air-conditioner., Demonstration and working of split type air-conditioner., , MEANS OF ASSEESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Actual Practical Performance, Report Writing, Viva-voce, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., , Teaches should take the students to industry and explain the details of refrigeration and, air-conditioning systems and their components., While imparting instructions, focus should be on conceptual understanding., Training slides of “Carrier Fundamentals of Refrigeration Air Conditioning” to be shown, to students., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 8., 9., , Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by Domkundwar; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by CP Arora; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 111
Page 112 :
10., 11., 12., 13., , Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by R.S Khurmi and J.K. Gupta; S Chand and, Company Limited, New Delhi., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by Dr.Harjeev Khanna; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by Dr. R.K Rajput; S.K. Kataria and Sons, Ludhiana., e-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Total, , Time Allotted, (periods), 07, 10, 07, 08, 08, 08, 08, 08, 06, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 09, 14, 09, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 08, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 112
Page 113 :
4.3, , HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS, L T, 5 1, , P, 2, , RATIONALE, Diploma holders in this course are required to deal with problems of fluid and use of hydraulics and, pneumatics in power generation. For this purpose, knowledge and skills about fluid mechanics and, machinery, hydraulics and pneumatics systems are required to be imparted for enabling them to, perform above functions., , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Explain fluid properties, their units and conversion., Measure different types of pressures., Maintain different types of pressure gauges., Calculate flow and discharge of various liquids., Apply Bernoulli’s theorem for calculating pipe diameter and height of pipe from ground., Calculate pipe friction and losses in pipelines., Specify hydraulic machines for different applications., Apply Pascal’s law in practical applications., Explain the functions of various components used in hydraulic and pneumatic system., Maintain hydraulic and pneumatic system., , DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction, , (06 Periods), , Fluid, types of fluid; properties of fluid viz mass density, weight density (specific weight), specific volume,, capillarity, specific gravity, viscosity, compressibility, surface tension, kinematic viscosity and dynamic, viscosity and their units., , 2., , Pressure and its Measurement, 2.1, 2.2, , 2.3, , (07 Periods), , Concept of pressure (Atmospheric Pressure, gauge pressure, absolute pressure), Pressure measuring devices: peizometer tube manometers - simple U-tube,, differential single column, inverted U-tube, micromanometer including simple, problems, Bourdon pressure gauge, Diaphragm pressure gauge, dead weight pressure gauge, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 113
Page 114 :
3., , Flow of Fluids, Types of fluid flow – steady and unsteady, uniform and, turbulent; rate of flow and their units; continuity equation of, flowing fluid; total head; Bernoulli’s theorem (statement and, Discharge measurement with the help of venturi-meter,, limitations of Bernoulli’s theorem simple problems., , 4., , Flow through Pipes, 4.1, , 4.2, , 5., , (09 Periods), non-uniform, laminar and, flow; potential energy of a, proof) and its applications., orifice meter, pitot-tube,, , (10 Periods), , Definition of pipe flow, wetted perimeter, hydraulic mean depth, hydraulic, gradient; loss of head due to friction; Chezy’s equation and Darcy’s equation of, head loss (without proof), Reynold’s number and its effect on pipe friction;, siphon, power developed. Water hammer, anchor block, syphon, surge tank, (concept only)., Loss of head in pipes due to sudden enlargement, sudden contraction, obstruction, on flow path, change of direction and pipe fittings (without proof), , Hydraulic System, , (05 Periods), , Description, operation and application of hydraulic systems – hydraulic ram, hydraulic, jack, hydraulic brake, hydraulic accumulator, hydraulic door closer, hydraulic press., 6., , Water Turbines and Pumps, 6.1, , 6.2, 6.3, , 7., , Concept of a turbine, types of turbines –impulse and reaction type (concept only),, difference between them. Construction and working of pelton wheel, Francis, turbine, Propeller and Kaplan turbines. Unit speed, unit power, unit discharge,, specific speed of turbines, Cavitations., Concept of hydraulic pump, single acting reciprocating pump (construction and, operation only), vane, screw and gear pumps., Construction, working and operation of centrigual pump. Performance,, efficiencies and specifications of a centrifugal pump, pitting, cavitation, priming., , Introduction to Oil Power Hydraulics and Pneumatics, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, , (14 Periods), , (05 Periods), , Introduction to oil power hydraulic and pneumatic system, Statement of Pascal law and its applications, Industrial applications of oil power hydraulic and pneumatic system, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 114
Page 115 :
8., , Components of Hydraulic Systems, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, , 9., , Basic components of hydraulic system, function of each component in a hydraulic, circuit., Oil reservoirs, couplings, motors and pumps – definition and functions of the, parts,, Filters- definition and purpose, classification, Seals and packing- classification of seals, sealing materials., , Components of Pneumatic Systems, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, , 9.4, 9.5, , (06 Periods), , (08 Periods), , Basic components – function of each component, Air compressors - Introduction, Air cylinder – types, function, single acting, double acting, rotating, non-rotating,, piston type, diaphragm type, tanden cylinder, double ended cylinder, duplex, cylinder., Air filter, regulator and lubricator – their necessity in pneumatic circuit., Installation, maintenance and application of air cylinders., , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., , 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., , Measurement of pressure head by employing., i), Piezometer tube, ii), Single and double column manometer, To find out the value of coefficient of discharge for a venturimeter., Measurement of flow by using venturimeter., Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem., To find coefficient of friction for a pipe (Darcy’s friction)., To study hydraulic circuit of an automobile brake and hydraulic ram., Study the working of a Pelton wheel and Francis turbine., To study a single stage centrifugal pump for constructional details and its operation to, find out its normal head and discharge., Direct operation of single and double acting cylinder., Automatic operation of double acting cylinder in single cycle using limit switch., Operation of double acting cylinder with quick exhaust wall., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., , Use computer based learning aids for effective teaching-learning, Expose students to real life problems, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 115
Page 116 :
3., , Plan assignments so as to promote problem solving abilities and develop continued, learning skills, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , Fluid Mechanics by KL Kumar; S Chand and Co Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi., Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Machine by RS Khurmi ;S.Chand& Co. Ltd., New, Delhi., Fluid Mechanics through Problems by RJ Garde; Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi., Fluid Mechanics by Dr AK Jain, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi., Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control by K Shammuga Sundaram, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New, Delhi, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery by Dr. Jagadish Lal; Metropolitan Book Company, Ltd., Delhi., Hydraulic and Pneumatic Power and Control Design, Performance and Application, byYeaple, McGraw Hill, New York.., Pneumatic Controls by Festo Didactic; Bangalore., Pneumatics Control: An Introduction to the Principles by Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll;, Vogel – Verlag., e-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Total, , Time Allotted, (Hrs), 06, 07, 09, 10, 05, 14, 05, 06, 08, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 08, 10, 12, 15, 08, 20, 07, 08, 12, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 116
Page 117 :
4.4 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING, L T P, 4 - 6, RATIONALE, Manufacturing of this century belongs to computerized equipment & machine tools to, manufacture a variety of components with high quality, high precision & low cost at a faster rate., Commuter Aided Designing, Computer Aided Manufacturing, & Flexible Manufacturing, Systems-all are the part of Computer Integrated Manufacturing which help to achieve the desired, goals in manufacturing. After studying the subject, the students will be able to know about these, integrated techniques which help a manufacturer to achieve his goal with in stipulated time., LEARNING OUTCOMES, At the end of the course, the students will be able to:, •, know about Computer aided design and manufacturing., •, know the process of 2D & 3D transformations, •, know the method of viewing objects in 3D space., •, know about CNC operations for turning and milling., •, understand about tool path generation and verification., •, know about flexible manufacturing system., •, know about Rapid Prototype additive manufacturing, •, know about robotics., DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, , 2., , Introduction to CAD/CAM/CIM, Advantages of CAD/CAM, Product Cycle and CAD/CAM, Automation and CAD/CAM, Reasons for implementation of CAD/CAM, Steps involved in CAM operation, , Surface / Solid Modelling Using CAD/CAM, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, , (08 periods), , (08 periods), , Introduction to parametric and non-parametric surfaces, Creation of simple surfaces using revolved surface, ruled surface and 3D surfaces, commands, Designing Software used in creation of solid models, Concept of solid models, Solid Primitives- Box, cylinder, Cone, Sphere, Wedge and torus, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 117
Page 118 :
2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, , 3., , Viewing Objects in 3D Space, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, , 4., , 4.5, 4.6, , 5.3, 5.4, , (10 periods), , Setting up the jobs, defining the operation, creating geometry, Specifying the tools, machining parameters and type of machining, Back plotting and verification of operation, Post processing - Converting the generated tool path in NC code depending on the, system, Setting up the parameter relating to communication like transfer of programs to, CNC machine, Transfer of drawing data from any CAD software to CNC MIC and generation of, G-codes, M-codes., , Flexible Manufacturing System, 5.1, 5.2, , (08 periods), , Viewing the objects in different views., Concept of SW, SE, NE and Isometric Views., View Ports, Layout, changing from Model to Paper space Layout, Arranging the Drawing showing different views to get the hard copy, Plotting the drawing, , CAM (Computer Aided Manufacturing), 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, , 5., , Construction of solid using Region, Extrude and Revolved feature, Creation of Composite solid using Boolean function e.g. Union, Subtraction and, Intersection., Sectioning of Solids and modification of solid Edges and faces using solid editing, commands. Shell, Separate commands., Performing 3D operations like 3D array, mirror and rotate, Creation of fillets and chamfers, Dimensioning of solids, 2D and 3D transformation: Translation, Scaling, rotation, mirror, zooming,, panning and clipping., , (08 periods), , Introduction to FMS., Principles of flexibility, changes in manufacturing system - external changes and, internal changes job flexibility, machine flexibility., Features of FMS – production equipment, support system, material handling, system, computer control system., Advantages & limitations of FMS., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 118
Page 119 :
6., , Manufacturing Applications- Rapid Prototyping, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, , 7., , 3D printing, Fused deposition modeling, Laminated object manufacturing, Selective laser sintering, Stereo lithography, Ball 3 to 2 particle manufacturing, , Robotics, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, , (06 periods), , (08 periods), , Introduction to robot, Robot configuration, Robot motions, Robot programming languages, Work cell, control and interlock, robot sensors, Robot applications, , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , Performing 3D operations like Array, mirror, rotation, translation using solid works., Performing 3D operation- panning, zooming, clipping etc., CNC Programming for turning operation, CNC Programming for pocket milling, CNC Programming for profile milling, CNC Programming for facing and drilling, Performing operation on trainer Lathe, Designing of Simple machine components, Designing of Crank shaft (Connecting Rod), Performing simple assembly operations like- nut, bolt, coupling etc., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1. Use computer based learning aids for effective teaching learning., 2. Students should be taken to various industrial units for clear conception of topics., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 119
Page 120 :
3. Efforts should be made to relate the process of teaching with direct experiences in the, industry., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests,, Model/prototype making, Practical tasks, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., , CAD/CAM by Mikell Groover and Zimmers; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi., Computer Aided Manufacturing by Rao, Kundra and Tiwari; Tata McGraw Hill, New, Delhi., Introduction to Robotics by John J. Craig; Pearson Education Asia,Singapore., Industrial Robot by Groover; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi., Robotics by YoremKorem; McGraw Hill International. Book Co., New Delhi., CAD/CAM – Theory and Practice by Zeid; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi., CAD/CAM/CIM by S. Radha Krishan., CNC Machines by Dr. B.S. Pabla – New Age Publications., e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., , Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 08, 08, 08, 10, 08, 06, 08, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 15, 15, 15, 16, 15, 09, 15, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 120
Page 121 :
4.5 ENVIRONMENTALSTUDIES, L T P, 3 - 2, RATIONALE, A diploma holder must have knowledge of different types of pollution caused due to industries, and constructional activities so that he may help in balancing the ecosystem and controlling, pollution by various con trol measures. He should also be aware of environmental laws related to, the control of pollution. He should know how to manage the waste. Energy conservation is the, need of hour. He should know the concept of energy management and its conservation., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, the student will be able to:, • Comprehend the importance of ecosystem and sustainable, • Demonstrate interdisciplinary nature of environmental issues, • Identify different types of environmental pollution and control measures., • Take corrective measures for the abatement of pollution., • Explain environmental legislation acts., • Define energy management, energy conservation and energy efficiency, • Demonstrate positive attitude towards judicious use of energy and environmental, protection, • Practice energy efficient techniques in day-to-day life and industrial processes., • Adopt cleaner productive technologies, • Identify the role of non-conventional energy resources in environmental protection., • Analyze the impact of human activities on the environment, DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction, 1.1, , 2., , 3., , Basics of ecology, eco system- concept, and sustainable development, Resources, renewable and non renewable., , Air Pollution, 2.1, , (04 Periods), , (04 Periods), , Source of air pollution. Effect of air pollution on human health, economy, plant,, animals. Air pollution control methods., , Water Pollution, , (08 Periods), , 3.1, , 4., , Impurities in water, Cause of water pollution, Source of water pollution. Effect of, water pollution on human health, Concept of dissolved O2, BOD, COD. Prevention, of water pollution- Water treatment processes, Sewage treatment. Water quality, standard., Soil Pollution, (06 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 121
Page 122 :
4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 5., , Sources of soil pollution, Types of Solid waste- House hold, Hospital, From Agriculture, Biomedical, Animal, and human, excreta, sediments and E-waste, Effect of Solid waste, Disposal of Solid Waste- Solid Waste Management, , Noise pollution, , (06 Periods), , Source of noise pollution, Unit of noise, Effect of noise pollution, Acceptable noise level,, Different method of minimize noise pollution., 6., , Environmental Legislation, , (08 Periods), , Introduction to Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974, Introduction to Air, (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981 and Environmental Protection Act 1986,, Role and Function of State Pollution Control Board and National Green Tribunal (NGT),, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)., 7., , Impact of Energy Usage on Environment, , (06 Periods), , Global Warming, Green House Effect, Depletion of Ozone Layer, Acid Rain. Ecofriendly Material, Recycling of Material, Concept of Green Buildings., LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., , Determination of pH of drinking water, Determination of TDS in drinking water, Determination of TSS in drinking water, Determination of hardness in drinking water, Determination of oil & grease in drinking water, Determination of alkalinity in drinking water, Determination of acidity in drinking water, Determination of organic/inorganic solid in drinking water, Determination of pH of soil, Determination of N&P (Nitrogen & Phosphorus) of soil, To measure the noise level in classroom and industry., To segregate the various types of solid waste in a locality., To study the waste management plan of different solid waste, To study the effect of melting of floating ice in water due to global warming, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 122
Page 123 :
In addition to theoretical instructions, different activities pertaining to Environmental Studies, like expert lectures, seminars, visits to green house,effluent treatment plant of any industry,rain, water harvesting plant etc. may also be organized., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, Assignments and quiz/class tests,, −, Mid-term and end-term written tests, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., Environmental and Pollution Awareness by Sharma BR; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi., 2., Environmental Protection Law and Policy in India by Thakur Kailash; Deep and Deep, Publications, New Delhi., 3., Environmental Pollution by Dr. RK Khitoliya; S Chand Publishing, New Delhi, 4., Environmental Science by Deswal and Deswal; Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) Ltd. Delhi., 5., Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) Ltd. Delhi., 6., Environmental Studies by ErachBharucha; University Press (India) Private Ltd.,, Hyderabad., 7., Environmental Engineering and Management by Suresh K Dhamija; S K Katariaand Sons,, New Delhi., 8., E-books/e-tools/relevantsoftware to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 04, 04, 08, 06, 06, 08, 06, 42, , Marks Allotted, (%), 10, 10, 20, 14, 14, 20, 12, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 123
Page 124 :
4.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION, L T P, 3 - 2, RATIONALE, The requirement of energy has increased manifolds in last two decades due to rapid urbanization, and growth in industrial/service sector. It has become challenging task to meet ever increasing, energy demands with limited conventional fuels and natural resources. Due to fast depletion of, fossil fuels and a tremendous gap between supply and demand of energy, it is essential to adopt, energy conservation techniques in almost every field like industries, commercial and residential, sectors etc. Energy conservation has attained priority as it is regarded as additional energy, resource. Energy saved is energy produced. This course covers the concepts of energy, management and its conservation. It gives the insight to energy conservation opportunities in, general industry and details out energy audit methodology and energy audit instruments., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this subject, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, , define principles and objectives of energy management and energy audit., understand Energy Conservation Act 2001 and its features., understand various forms & elements of energy., identify electrical and thermal utilities. Understand their basic principle of operation and, assess performance of various equipments., identify areas of energy conservation and adopt conservation methods in various systems., evaluate the techno economic feasibility of the energy conservation technique adopted., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Basics of Energy, 1.1, , 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, , 2., , Classification of energy- primary and secondary energy, commercial and noncommercial energy, non-renewable and renewable energy with special reference to, solar energy, Capacity factor of solar and wind power generators., Global fuel reserve, Energy scenario in India and state of U.P. Sector-wise energy consumption, (domestic, industrial, agricultural and other sectors), Impact of energy usage on climate, , Energy Conservation and EC Act 2001, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 124
Page 125 :
2.1, , Introduction to energy management, energy conservation, energy efficiency and its, need, 2.2 Salient features of Energy Conservation Act 2001 & The Energy Conservation, (Amendment) Act, 2010 and its importance. Prominent organizations at centre and, state level responsible for its implementation., 2.3 Standards and Labeling: Concept of star rating and its importance, Types of product, available for star rating, 3., , Electrical Supply System and Motors, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, , Types of electrical supply system, Single line diagram, Losses in electrical power distribution system, Understanding Electricity Bill: Transformers Tariff structure, Components of power, (kW, kVA and kVAR) and power factor, improvement of power factor, Concept of, sanctioned load, maximum demand, contract demand and monthly minimum charges, (MMC), 3.5 Transformers: Introduction, Losses in transformer, transformer Loading, Tips for, energy savings in transformers, 3.6 Electric Motors, Types of motors, Losses in induction motors Features and characteristics of energy, efficient motors, Estimation of motor loading, Variation in efficiency and power, factor with loading, Tips for energy savings in motors, 4., , Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, 4.1, , 4.2, 4.3, , 5., , Pumps: Introduction to pump and its applications, Efficient pumping system, operation, Energy efficiency in agriculture pumps, Tips for energy saving in, pumps, Compressed Air System: Types of air compressor and its applications, Leakage, test, Energy saving opportunities in compressors., Energy Conservation in HVAC and Refrigeration System: Introduction, Concept, of Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER), Energy saving opportunities in Heating,, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and Refrigeration Systems., , Lighting and DG Systems, 5.1, 5.2, , Lighting Systems: Basic definitions- Lux, lumen and efficacy, Types of different, lamps and their features, Energy efficient practices in lighting, DG Systems: Introduction, Energy efficiency opportunities in DG systems, Loading, estimation, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 125
Page 126 :
6., , Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, 6.1, , Thermal Basics: Thermal energy, Energy content in fuels, Energy Units and its, conversions in terms of Metric Tonne of Oil Equivalent (MTOE), 6.2 Energy Conservation in boilers and furnaces : Introduction and types of boilers,, Energy performance assessment of boilers, Concept of stoichiometric air and excess, air for combustion, Energy conservation in boilers and furnaces, Do’s and Don’ts for, efficient use of boilers and furnaces, 6.3 Cooling Towers: Basic concept of cooling towers, Tips for energy savings in cooling, towers, 6.4 Efficient Steam Utilization, 7., , Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC), 7.1 ECBC and its salient features, 7.2 Tips for energy savings in buildings: New Buildings, Existing Buildings, , 8., , Waste Heat Recovery and Co-Generation, 8.1 Concept, classification and benefits of waste heat recovery, 8.2 Concept and types of co-generation system, , 9., , General Energy Saving Tips, Energy saving tips in:, 9.1 Lighting, 9.2 Room Air Conditioner, 9.3 Refrigerator, 9.4 Water Heater, 9.5 Computer, 9.6 Fan, Heater, Blower and Washing Machine, 9.7 Colour Television, 9.8 Water Pump, 9.9 Cooking, 9.10, Transport, , 10., , Energy Audit, 10.1 Types and methodology, 10.2 Energy audit instruments, 10.3 Energy auditing reporting format, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 126
Page 127 :
PRACTICAL EXERCISES, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , To conduct load survey and power consumption calculations of small building., To check efficacy of different lamps by measuring power consumption and lumens using, lux meter., To measure energy efficiency ratio (EER) of an air conditioner., To measure effect of valve throttling and variable frequency drive (VFD ) on energy, consumption by centrifugal pump., To measure and calculate energy saving by arresting air leakages in compressor., To measure the effect of blower speed on energy consumed by it., , STUDENT ACTIVITIES ON ENERGY CONSERVATION/ENERGY EFFICIENCY, −, −, −, −, −, , Presentations of Case Studies, Debate competitions, Poster competitions, Industrial visits, Visual Aids, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Teachers are expected to lay considerable stress on understanding the basic concepts in energy, conservation, principles and their applications. For this purpose, teachers are expected to give, simple problems in the class room so as to develop necessary knowledge for comprehending the, basic concepts and principles. As far as possible, the teaching of the subject must be, supplemented by demonstrations and practical work in the laboratory. Visits to industries must, be carried out. Expert from industry must be invited to deliver talks on energy conservation to, students and faculty., RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., , Guide book on General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit by Bureau of, Energy Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015, Guide book on Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, by Bureau of Energy Efficiency,, Government of India. Edition 2015, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 127
Page 128 :
3., 4., , Guide book on Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, by Bureau of Energy Efficiency,, Government of India. Edition 2015, Handbook on Energy Audit & Environmental Management by Y P Abbi &Shashank, Jain published by TERI. Latest Edition, , Important Links:, (i) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Ministry of Power, Government of India., www.beeindia.gov.in., (ii) Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India., www.mnre.gov.in., (iii)Uttar Pradesh New and Renewable Energy Agency (UPNEDA), Government of Uttar, Pradesh. www.upneda.org.in., (iv) Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Ministry of Environment, Forest and, Climate Change, Government of India. www.cpcb.nic.in., (v) Energy Efficiency Sevices Limited (EESL). www.eeslindia.org., (vi) Electrical India, Magazine on power and electrical products industry., www.electricalindia.in., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 128
Page 129 :
4.7 Universal Human Values, L-T-P, 2-0-1, Course Objectives, This introductory course input is intended, 1. To help the students appreciate the essential complementarily between, 'VALUES' and 'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity, which, are the core aspirations of all human beings, 2. To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students, towards life and profession as well as towards happiness and prosperity based, on a correct understanding of the Human reality and the rest of Existence., Such a holistic perspective forms the basis of Universal Human Values and, movement towards value-based living in a natural way, 3. To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms, of ethical human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behavior and, mutually enriching interaction with Nature, Thus, this course is intended to provide a much needed orientational input in value education to, the young enquiring minds., Course Methodology, 1. The methodology of this course is explorational and thus universally adaptable. It, involves a systematic and rational study of the human being vis-à-vis the rest of, existence., 2. It is free from any dogma or value prescriptions., 3. It is a process of self-investigation and self-exploration, and not of giving sermons., Whatever is found as truth or reality is stated as a proposal and the students are facilitated, to verify it in their own right, based on their Natural Acceptance and subsequent, Experiential Validation., 4. This process of self-exploration takes the form of a dialogue between the teacher and the, students to begin with, and then to continue within the student leading to continuous selfevolution., 5. This self-exploration also enables them to critically evaluate their pre-conditionings and, present beliefs., The syllabus for the lectures is given below:, •, •, •, •, •, , After every two lectures of one hour each, there is one hour practice session., The assessment for this subject is as follows:, Sessions Marks (Internal): 20, Practical Marks (External): 30, Total Marks: 50, , UNIT 1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value, Education, 1. Understanding the need, basic guidelines, content and process for Value Education, 2. Self-Exploration–what is it? - its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and, Experiential Validation- as the mechanism for self-exploration, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 129
Page 130 :
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations, 4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities- the basic requirements for, fulfillment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority, 5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current, scenario, 6. Method to fulfill the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at, various levels, UNIT 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!, 1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material the, Body’, 2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha, 3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer), 4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’, 5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Swasthya; correct appraisal, of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail, 6. Programs to ensureSanyam and Swasthya, -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions., UNIT 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-Human, Relationship, 1., 2., , 3., 4., 5., 6., , Understanding Harmony in the family – the basic unit of human interaction, Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Nyaya and program for its fulfillment to, ensure Ubhay-tripti;, a. Trust (Vishwas) and Respect (Samman) as the foundational values of relationship, Understanding the meaning of Vishwas; Difference between intention and competence, Understanding the meaning of Samman, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient, values in relationship, Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Samadhan, Samridhi,, Abhay, Sah-astitvaas comprehensive Human Goals, Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society (AkhandSamaj), Universal Order, (SarvabhaumVyawastha )- from family to world family!, , -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions., UNIT 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Coexistence, 1., 2., 3., 4., , Understanding the harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four orders of nature-recyclability and self-regulation, in nature, Understanding Existence as Co-existence (Sah-astitva) of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space, Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence, -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions., , UNIT 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional, Ethics, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 130
Page 131 :
1., 2., 3., , Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct, Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order, , 4. Competence in professional ethics:, a) Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting, universal human order, b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people-friendly, and eco-friendly production systems,, c) Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and, management patterns for above production systems., 5. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production, systems, 6. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:, a) At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers,, technologists and managers, b) At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations, 7., , To inculcate Human Values among Students:The Role of self ,Parents and Teachers, -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions., , Practical Session also Includes Different Yogic Exercises and Meditation Session, INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY, The content of this course is to be taught on conceptual basis with plenty of real world examples., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests,, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Practical assessment, , Reference Material, The primary resource material for teaching this course consists of, a. The text book (Latest Edition), R.R, Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human, Values and professional Ethics, Excel books, New Delhi., b. The teacher’s manual (Latest Edition), R.R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human Values and, professional Ethics – Teachers Manual, Excel books, New Delhi., In addition, the following reference books may be found useful for supplementary reading in, connection with different parts of the course:, 1. B L Bajpai, 2004, Indian Ethos and Modern Management, New Royal Book Co.,, Lucknow. Reprinted 2008., 2. PL Dhar, RR Gaur, 1990, Science and Humanism, Commonwealth Purblishers., 3. Sussan George, 1976, How the Other Half Dies, Penguin Press. Reprinted 1986, 1991, 4. Ivan Illich, 1974, Energy & Equity, The Trinity Press, Worcester, and HarperCollins,, USA, 5. Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows, Jorgen Randers, William W. Behrens III,, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 131
Page 132 :
1972, limits to Growth, Club of Rome’s Report, Universe Books., 6. Subhas Palekar, 2000, How to practice Natural Farming,Pracheen(Vaidik) Krishi Tantra, Shodh, Amravati., 7. A Nagraj, 1998, Jeevan Vidya ekParichay,Divya Path Sansthan, Amarkantak., 8. E.F. Schumacher, 1973, Small is Beautiful: a study of economics as if peoplemattered,, Blond & Briggs, Britain., 9. A.N. Tripathy, 2003, Human Values, New Age International Publishers., Relevant websites, movies and documentaries, 1. Value Education websites, http://uhv.ac.in, http://www.aktu.ac.in, 2. Story of Stuff, http://www.storyofstuff.com, 3. Al Gore, An Inconvenient Truth, Paramount Classics, USA, 4. Charlie Chaplin, Modern Times, United Artists, USA, 5. IIT Delhi, Modern Technology–the Untold Story, 6. Case study Hevade Bazar Movie, 7. RC Shekhar , Ethical Contradiction ,Trident New Delhi, 8. Gandhi A., Right Here Right Now, Cyclewala Production, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Unit, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 08, 08, 08, 08, 10, 42, , Marks Allotted, (%), 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 132
Page 133 :
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING, It is needless to emphasize further the importance of Industrial Training of students during their, 3 years of studies at Polytechnics. It is industrial training, which provides an opportunity to, students to experience the environment and culture of industrial production units and, commercial activities undertaken in field organizations. It prepares student for their future role, as diploma engineers in the world of work and enables them to integrate theory with practice., Polytechnics have been arranging industrial training of students of various durations to meet the, above objectives., , This document includes guided and supervised industrial training of 4 weeks duration to, be organised during the semester break starting after second year i.e. after 4th semester, examinations. The concerned HODs along with other teachers will guide and help, students in arranging appropriate training places relevant to their specific branch. It is, suggested that a training schedule may be drawn for each student before starting of the, training in consultation with the training providers. Students should also be briefed in, advance about the organizational setup, product range, manufacturing process, important, machines and materials used in the training organization., Equally important with the guidance is supervision of students training in the, industry/organization by the teachers. Students should be encouraged to write daily, report in their diary to enable them to write final report and its presentation later on., An external assessment of 50 marks has been provided in the study and evaluation, scheme of 5th Semester. Evaluation of professional industrial training report through, viva-voce/presentation aims at assessing students understanding of materials, industrial, process, practices in industry/field organization and their ability to engage in activities, related to problem solving in industrial setup as well as understanding of application of, knowledge and skills learnt in real life situations., Teachers and students are requested to see the footnote below the study and evaluation, scheme of 4 th semester for further details., The teacher along with field supervisors will conduct performance assessment of, students. The components of evaluation will include the following:, a), b), c), d), , Punctuality and regularity, Initiative in learning new things, Presentation and Viva, Industrial training report, , 15%, 15%, 15%, 55%, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 133
Page 134 :
5.1, , INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT, L T P, 5, RATIONALE, In the present day scenario, it has become imperative to impart entrepreneurship and, management concepts to students so that a significant percentage of them can be directed, towards setting up and managing their own small enterprises. It may be further added that an, entrepreneurial mindset with managerial skills helps the student in the job market. This subject, focuses on imparting the necessary competencies and skills of enterprise set up and its, management., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to :, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Know about various schemes of assistance by entrepreneurial support agencies, Conduct market survey, Prepare project report, Explain the principles of management including its functions in an organisation., Have insight into different types of organizations and their structures., Inculcate leadership qualities to motivate self and others., Manage human resources at the shop-floor, Maintain and be a part of healthy work culture in an organisation., Use marketing skills for the benefit of the organization., Maintain books of accounts and take financial decisions., Undertake store management., Use modern concepts like TQM, JIT and CRM., DETAILED CONTENTS, SECTION – A, , ENTREPRENEURSHIP, 1., , Introduction, 1.1, , (04 Periods), , Concept /Meaning and its need, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 134
Page 135 :
2., , 1.2, , Qualities and functions of entrepreneur and barriers in entrepreneurship, , 1.3, 1.4, , Sole proprietorship and partnership forms and other forms of business organisations, Schemes of assistance by entrepreneurial support agencies at National, State,, District –level, organisation: NSIC, NRDC, DC, MSME, SIDBI, NABARD,, NIESBUD, HARDICON Ltd., Commercial Banks, SFC’s TCO, KVIB, DIC,, Technology Business Incubators (TBI) and Science and Technology Entrepreneur, Parks, , Market Survey and Opportunity Identification/Ideation, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, , 3., , Scanning of the business environment, Salient features of National and Haryana State industrial policies and resultant, business opportunities, Types and conduct of market survey, Assessment of demand and supply in potential areas of growth, Identifying business opportunity, Considerations in product selection, Converting an idea into a business opportunity, , Project report Preparation, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, , (04 Periods), , (06 Periods), , Preliminary project report, Detailed project report including technical, economic and market feasibility, Common errors in project report preparations, Exercises on preparation of project report, Sample project report, SECTION –B, , MANAGEMENT, 4., , Introduction to Management, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, , (06 Periods), , Definitions and importance of management, Functions of management: Importance and process of planning, organising, staffing,, directing and controlling, Principles of management (Henri Fayol, F.W. Taylor), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 135
Page 136 :
4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, , 5., , Leadership and Motivation, 5.1, 5.2, , 6., , 6.2, , (14 Periods), , Human Resource Management: Introduction and objective, Introduction to Man, power planning, recruitment and selection, Introduction to performance appraisal, methods, Material and Store Management: Introduction functions, and objectives, ABC, Analysis and EOQ, , 6.3, , Marketing and sales: Introduction, importance, and its functions, Physical, distribution, Introduction to promotion mix, Sales promotion, , 6.4, , Financial Management: Introductions, importance and its functions, knowledge of, income tax, sales tax, excise duty, custom duty, VAT, GST, , Work Culture, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, , 8., , (08 Periods), , Leadership: Definition and Need, Qualities and functions of a leader, Manager Vs, leader, Types of leadership, Case studies of great leaders, Motivation: Definition and characteristics, Importance of self motivation, Factors, affecting motivation, Theories of motivation (Maslow, Herzberg, Douglas,, McGregor), , Management Scope in Different Areas, 6.1, , 7., , Concept and structure of an organisation, Types of industrial organisations and their advantages, Line organisation, staff organisation, Line and staff organisation, Functional Organisation, , Introduction and importance of Healthy Work Culture in organization, Components of Culture, Importance of attitude, values and behavior, Behavioural Science – Individual and group behavior., Professional ethics – Concept and need of Professional Ethics and human values., , Basic of Accounting and Finance, 8.1, , (08 Periods), , (10 Periods), , Basic of Accounting: Meaning and definition of accounting, Double entry system of book keeping,, Trading account, PLA account and balance sheet of a company, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 136
Page 137 :
8.2, , 9., , Objectives of Financial Management: Profit Maximization v/s Wealth Maximization, , Miscellaneous Topics, 9.1, 9.2, , (10 Periods), , Total Quality Management (TQM): Statistical process control, Total employees, Involvement, Just in time (JIT), Intellectual Property Right (IPR) : Introduction, definition and its importance,, Infringement related to patents, copy right, trade mark, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, Some of the topics may be taught using question/answer, assignment, seminar or case study, method. The teacher will discuss stories and case studies with students, which in turn will, develop appropriate managerial and entrepreneurial qualities in the students. In addition, expert, lecturers may also be arranged from outside experts and students may be taken to nearby, industrial organisations on visit. Approach extracted reading and handouts may be provided., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Model/Prototype making., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., , A Handbook of Entrepreneurship, Edited by BS Rathore and Dr JS Saini; Aapga, Publications, Panchkula (Haryana), 2., Entrepreneurship Development and Management by J.S.Narang; Dhanpat Rai & Sons,, Delhi., 3., Entrepreneurship Development by CB Gupta and P Srinivasan, Sultan Chand and Sons,, New Delhi, 4., Handbook of Small Scale Industry by PM Bhandari, 5., Entrepreneurship Development and Management by MK Garg, 6., E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 137
Page 138 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 04, 04, 06, 06, 08, 14, 08, 10, 10, 70, , Marks Allotted (%), 06, 06, 08, 08, 12, 20, 12, 14, 14, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 138
Page 139 :
5.2, , THEORY OF MACHINES, L T P, 5 2 -, , RATIONALE, A diploma holder in this course is required to assist in the design and development of prototype and, other components. For this, it is essential that he is made conversant with the principles related to, design of components and machine and application of these principles for designing. The aim of the, subject is to develop knowledge and skills about various aspects related to design of machine, components., , LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , explain working of different types of mechanisms and draw their inversion., solve problems on power transmission., determine ratio of driving tension for flat and V-belt drive., identify various types of gears and their applications., construct turning moment diagram of flywheel for different types of engine., construct Cam Profile., calculate balancing of rotating mass and its position., identify different type of vibrations, their causes, harmful effect and remedies., , DETAILED CONTENTS, THEORY, 1., , Simple Mechanisms, 1.1, 1.2, , 2., , 3., , Introduction to link, kinematic pair, lower and higher pair, Kinematic chain,, mechanism, Inversions., Different types of mechanisms (with examples), , Kinematic Analysis and synthesis, 2.1, 2.2, , (12 Periods), , Displacement, velocity and acceleration of plane mechanism, Graphical and analytical techniques., , Dynamics of Machine, 3.1, 3.2, , (06 Periods), , (12 Periods), , Static and dynamic force analysis graphical and analytical approaches, Gyrosopic action in machines., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 139
Page 140 :
4., , Power Transmission, , (12 Periods), , 4.1 Introduction to Belt and Rope drives, 4.2 Types of belt drives and types of pulleys, 4.3 Concept of velocity ratio, slip and creep; crowning of pulleys (simple numericals), 4.4 Flat and V belt drive: Ratio of driving tensions, power transmitted, centrifugal tension,, and condition for maximum horse power (simple numericals), 4.5 Different types of chains and their terminology, 4.6 Gear terminology, types of gears and their applications; simple and compound gear, trains; power transmitted by simple spur gear, 5. Flywheel, (06 Periods), 5.1 Principle and applications of flywheel, 5.2 Turning - moment diagram of flywheel for different engines, 5.3 Fluctuation of speed and fluctuation of energy - Concept only, 5.4 Coefficient of fluctuation of speed and coefficient of fluctuation of energy, 6., , Cam and follower, , (08 Periods), , Introduction, types of Cam and follower, construction of Cam profile for constant velocity, motion, constant acceleration motion and simple harmonic motion, 7., , Balancing, 7.1, 7.2, , 8., , (06 Periods), , Concept of balancing, Introduction to balancing of rotating masses (simple numericals), , Vibrations, , (08 Periods), , 8.1, 8.2, , Types-longitudinal, transverse and torsional vibrations (simple numericals), Dampening of vibrations, , 8.3, , Causes of vibrations in machines, their harmful effects and remedies, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., , Use teaching aids for classroom teaching, Give assignments for solving numerical problems, Arrange industry visits to augment explaining use of various machine components like, belt, rope, chain, gear drives, action due to unbalanced masses, brake clutch, governors,, fly wheels, cams and gear drives, 4., Video films may be used to explain the working of mechanisms and machine components, like clutch, governors, brake etc., RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., , Theory of Machines by D.R. Malhotra; SatyaPrakashan, New Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 140
Page 141 :
2., , Theory of Machines by V.P Singh; Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi., , 3., , Theory of Machines by Jagdish Lal; Metropolitan Publishers, New Delhi., , 4., , Theory of Machine by B.S Ubhi; S.K. Kataria and Sons, New Delhi., , 5., , E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , to, , be, , used, , as, , recommended, , by, , Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in ., SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 06, 12, 12, 12, 06, 08, 06, 08, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 08, 16, 16, 18, 08, 14, 08, 12, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 141
Page 142 :
5.3, , MACHINE DESIGN, L T P, 5 2 -, , RATIONALE, A diploma holder in this course is required to assist in the Design and Development of Prototype and, other components. For this, it is essential that he is made conversant with the principles related to, design of components and machine and application of these principles for designing. The aim of the, subject is to develop knowledge and skills about various aspects related to design of machine, components., LEARNING OUTCOMES, , At the end of this course, students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , explain the terms related to design., understand Man- machine relationship., use codes and standards for designing a component., select material for designing a component., interpret the various causes of design failures., design shaft on the basis of strength and rigidity., design various machine elements (key, joint, flange coupling and screwed joints), , DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., Introduction, Periods), , (08, , 1.1, , Design – Definition, Type of design, necessity of design, 1.1.1 Comparison of designed and undesigned work, 1.1.2 Design procedure, 1.1.3 Characteristics of a good designer, , 1.2, , Design terminology: , factor of safety, factors affecting factor of safety, stress, concentration, methods to reduce stress concentration, fatigue, endurance limit., , 1.3, , 1.2.1, 1.2.2, , General design consideration, Codes and Standards (BIS standards), , 1.2.3, , Selection of materials, criteria of material selection, , Ergonomics and Aesthetic Consideration in design, 1.3.1 Ergonomics of design-man-machine relationship. Design of equipment for, control, environment and safety., 1.3.2 Aesthetic consideration regarding shape, size, color and surface finish., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 142
Page 143 :
2., , Design Failure, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, , 3., , (08 Periods), , Theories of failure., Classification of loads, Design under tensile, compressive and torsional loads., , Design of Shaft, , (12 Periods), , 3.1, , Type of shaft, shaft materials, Type of loading on shaft, standard sizes of, shaft available, 3.2, Shaft subjected to torsion only, determination of shaft diameter (hollow and solid, shaft) on the basis of :, Strength criterion, Rigidity criterion, 3.3, Determination of shaft diameter (hollow and solid shaft) subjected to, bending, 3.4, Determination of shaft diameter (hollow and solid shaft) subjected to combined, torsion and bending ., , 4., , Design of Key, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, , 5., , (08 Periods), , Types of key, materials of key, functions of key, Failure of key (by Shearing and Crushing)., Design of key (Determination of key dimension), Effect of keyway on shaft strength. (Figures and problems)., , Design of Joints, , (02 Periods), , Types of joints - Temporary and permanent joints, utility of various joints, 5.1, , Temporary Joint:, 5.1.1 Knuckle Joints – Different parts of the joint, material used for the joint,, type of knuckle Joint, design of the knuckle joint. (Figures and problems)., 5.1.2 Cotter Joint – Different parts of the spigot and socket joints, Design of, spigot and socket joint., , 5.2, , Permanent Joint:, 5.2.1 Welded Joint - Welding symbols. Type of welded joint, strength of parallel, and transverse fillet welds., 5.2.2 Strength of combined parallel and transverse weld., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 143
Page 144 :
6., , 5.2.3 Riveted Joints. : Rivet materials, Rivet heads, leak proofing of riveted joint, – caulking and fullering., 5.2.4 Different modes of rivet joint failure., 5.2.5Design of riveted joint – Lap and butt, single and multi riveted joint., Design of Flange Coupling, (10 Periods), Necessity of a coupling, advantages of a coupling, types of couplings, design of muff, coupling, design of flange coupling. (Both protected type and unprotected type)., , 7., , Design of Screwed Joints, (12 Periods), 7.1, Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages of screw joints, location of screw, joints., 7.2, Important terms used in screw threads, designation of screw threads, 7.3, Initial stresses due to screw up forces, stresses due to combined forces, 7.4, Design of power screws (Press, screw jack, screw clamp), , Note : a) Use of design data book during the examination is allowed., b) The paper setter should normally provide all the relevant data for the machine, Design in the question paper., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., , Use moulds of various parts/components., , 2., , Presentation should be arranged for various topics., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, , Design and drawing, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., , Machine Design by R.S. Khurmi and JK Gupta, Eurasia Publishing House (Pvt.) Limited,, New Delhi., , 2., , Machine Design by V.B.Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi., , 3., , Engineering Design by George Dieter; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi., , 4., , Mechanical Engineering Design by Joseph Edward Shigley; McGraw Hill, Delhi., , 5., , Machine Design by Sharma and Agrawal; Katson Publishing House, Ludhiana., , 6., , Design Data Handbook by D.P. Mandali, SK Kataria and Sons, Delhi., , 7., , Machine Design by A.P.Verma; SK Kataria and Sons, Delhi, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 144
Page 145 :
8., , Machine Design by AR Gupta and BK Gupta ; Satya Parkashan, New Delhi., , 9., , E-books/e-tools/relevant, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR., , software, , to, , be, , used, , as, , recommended, , by, , Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 08, 08, 12, 08, 12, 10, 12, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 10, 10, 18, 12, 18, 14, 18, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 145
Page 146 :
5.4, , PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY, L T P, 6 - 8, , RATIONALE, Diploma holders are responsible for supervising production processes to achieve production, targets and for optimal utilization of resources. For this purpose, knowledge about various, machining processes, modern machining methods, tools, jigs and fixtures is required to be, imparted. Hence the subject of production technology., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:, , • Perform turning, step turning, taper turning, threading and knurling, operation on lathe machine., • Resharpen/grind single point tool., • Select material and tool geometry for cutting tools on lathe., • Explain uses of lathe accessories and different types of lathes., • Perform drilling, reaming, counter boring, counter sinking and tapping, operations on drilling machine., • Explain the nomenclature of a drill and milling cutter., •, •, •, , Describe the features of various types of Milling machines, Use milling machine accessories and attachments., Perform milling machine operations on vertical and horizontal milling machine., , • Perform keyway cutting and angular/step surface shaping on shaper., • Explain geometry of single point cutting tool, various types of lathe tools, and tool materials., • Explain boring operation, features of boring machine and boring tool., • Explain the features of locating devices, clamping devices, jigs and, fixtures., • Select cutting fluid for different materials and operations., • Describe the features of various types of broaching machines., •, •, •, , Operate tool and cutter grinder, Operate cylindrical grinder, surface grinder, internal grinder., Explain the working and use of modern machining methods., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 146
Page 147 :
DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , 2., , Cutting Tools and Cutting Materials, 1.1., , Cutting Tools - Various types of single point cutting tools and their uses, Single, point cutting tool geometry, tool signature and its effect, Heat produced during, cutting and its effect, Cutting speed, feed and depth of cut and their effect, , 1.2, , Cutting Tool Materials - Properties of cutting tool material, Study of various, cutting tool materials viz. High-speed steel, tungsten carbide, cobalt steel, cemented carbides, stellite, ceramics and diamond., , Lathe, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, , 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, , 2.11, , 3., , (06 Periods), , Milling, , 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, , 3.5, 3.6, , (12 Periods), Principle of turning, Description and function of various parts of a lathe, Classification and specification of various types of lathe, Drives and transmission, Work holding devices, Lathe tools: Parameters/Nomenclature and applications, Lathe operations :- Plain and step turning, facing, parting off, taper turning,, eccentric turning, drilling, reaming, boring, threading and knurling, form, turning, spinning., Cutting parameters – Speed, feed and depth of cut for various materials and for, various operations, machining time., Speed ratio, preferred numbers of speed selection., Lathe accessories:-Centers, dogs, different types of chucks, collets, face plate,, angle plate, mandrel, steady rest, follower rest, taper turning attachment, tool post, grinder, milling attachment, Quick change device for tools., Brief description of capstan and turret lathe, comparison of capstan/Turret lathe,, work holding and tool guiding devices in capstan and turret lathe., (10 Periods), , Specification and working principle of milling machine, Classification, brief description and applications of milling machines, Details of column and knee type milling machine, Milling machine accessories and attachment – Arbors, adaptors, collets, vices,, circular table, indexing head and tail stock, vertical milling attachment shover, chuck and rotary table., Milling methods - up milling and down milling, Identification of different milling cutters and work mandrels, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 147
Page 148 :
3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4., , Drilling, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, , 5., , 7., , (06 Periods), Principle of boring, Classification of boring machines and their brief description., Specification of boring machines., Boring tools, boring bars and boring heads., Description of jig boring machine., , Shaping and Planing, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, , (08 Periods), , Working principle of shaper and planer, Type of shapers, Type of planers, Quick return mechanism applied to shaper and planer machine., Work holding devices used on shaper and planer, Types of tools used and their geometry., Specification of shaper and planer ., Speeds and feeds in above processes., , Broaching, 7.1, 7.2, , (06 Periods), , Principle of drilling., Classification of drilling machines and their description., Various operation performed on drilling machine – drilling, spot facing, reaming,, boring, counter boring, counter sinking, hole milling, tapping., Speeds and feeds during drilling, impact of these parameters on drilling,, machining time., Types of drills and their features, nomenclature of a drill, Drill holding devices., Types of reamers., , Boring, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, , 6., , Work holding devices, Milling operations – face milling, angular milling, form milling, straddle milling, and gang milling., Cutting speed and feed, simple numerical problems., , (04 Periods), , Introduction, Types of broaching machines – Single ram and duplex ram horizontal type,, vertical type pull up, pull down, push down., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 148
Page 149 :
7.3, 8., , Elements of broach tool, broach tooth details – nomenclature, types, and tool, material., Jigs and Fixtures, (10 Periods), 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, , 9., , Cutting Fluids and Lubricants, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, , 10., , 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, , 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, , (08 Periods), , Purpose of grinding, Various elements of grinding wheel – Abrasive, Grade, structure, Bond, Common wheel shapes and types of wheel – built up wheels, mounted wheels and, diamond wheels. Specification of grinding wheels as per BIS., Truing, dressing, balancing and mounting of wheel., Grinding methods – Surface grinding, cylindrical grinding and centreless, grinding., Grinding machine – Cylindrical grinder, surface grinder, internal grinder,, centreless grinder, tool and cutter grinder., Selection of grinding wheel, , Modern Machining Processes, 11.1, , (06 Periods), , Function of cutting fluid, Types of cutting fluids, Difference between cutting fluid and lubricant, Selection of cutting fluids for different materials and operations, Common methods of lubrication of machine tools., , Grinding, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, , 11., , Importance and use of jigs and fixture, Principle of location, Locating devices, Clamping devices, Types of Jigs – Drilling jigs, bushes, template jig, plate jig, channel jig, leaf jig., Fixture for milling, turning, welding, grinding, Advantages of jigs and fixtures, , (08 Periods), , Mechanical Process - Ultrasonic machining (USM): Introduction, principle,, process, advantages and limitations, applications, Electro Chemical Processes - Electro chemical machining (ECM) – Fundamental, principle, process, applications, Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM) - Introduction, basic EDM circuit,, Principle, metal removing rate, dielectric fluid, applications, Laser beam machining (LBM) – Introduction, machining process and applications, Plasma arc machining (PAM) and welding – Introduction, principle process and, applications, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 149
Page 150 :
PRACTICAL EXERCISES, TURNING SHOP, Job 1. Grinding of single point turning tool., , Job 2. Exercise of simple turning and step turning., Job 3. A composite job involving, turning, taper turning, external thread cutting and knurling., ADVANCE FITTING SHOP, Job 1., Job 2., Job 3., Job 4., , Exercise on drilling, reaming, counter boring, counter sinking and taping, Dove tail fitting in mild steel, Radius fitting in mild steel, Pipe threading with die, , MACHINE SHOP, Job 1., Job 2., Job 3., Job 4.., Job 5., Job 6., , Prepare a V-Block up to ± 0.5 mm accuracy on shaper machine, Exercise on key way cutting and spline cutting on shaper machine., Produce a rectangular block by facing on a slotting machine, Produce a rectangular slot on one face with a slotting cutter, Produce a rectangular block using a milling machine with a side and face cutter, Prepare a slot on one face using milling machine, , FORGING SHOP/FITTING SHOP/SHEET METAL SHOP, Job 1. Preparation of single ended spanner by hand, machine forging, Job 2. Preparation of simple die, Job 3. Demonstration of spinning process on lathe and spinning a bowl on a lathe machine, Job 4. Demonstration of grinding process on lathe machine and grinding a job on a lathe machine, Job 5. Preparation of utility item out of G.I. sheet, Job 6. Preparation of drilling jig, , ADVANCE TURNING SHOP, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , Exercise of boring with the help of boring bar, Exercises on internal turning on lathe machine, Exercises on internal threading on lathe machine, Exercises on external turning on lathe machine, Resharpening of single point cutting tool with given geometry, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 150
Page 151 :
MACHINE SHOP, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Job on grinding machine using a surface grinder, Prepare a job on cylindrical grinding machine., Exercise on milling machine with the help of a form cutter, Exercise on milling machine to produce a spur gear, Grinding a drill-bit on tool and cutter grinder, Exercise on dressing a grinding wheel, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., 4., , 5., 6., , Teachers should lay emphasis in making students conversant with concepts and, principles, produces and practices related to various manufacturing processes., Focus should be laid in preparing jobs using various machines/equipment in the, workshop., Use of audio-visual aids/video films should be made to show specialized operations., Foreman Instructor should conduct classes of each workshop explaining use of tools, jobs, to be made and safety precautions related to each workshop prior to students being, exposed to actual practical’s., Teachers should lay emphasis in making students conversant with concepts and, principles of manufacturing process., Focus should be on preparing jobs using various machines in the workshop., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1. Manufacturing Technology by Rao; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi, 2. Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Chapman; Standard Publishers Distributors. New, Delhi., 3. Production Engineering and Science by Pandey and Singh; Standard Publishers Distributors,, New Delhi., 4. A Text Book of Production Engineering by P.C. Sharma; S. Chand and Company Ltd., New, Delhi., 5. Workshop Technology Vol. III, by R. P. Dhiman, Ishan Publications Jalandhar, 6. Production Technology by HMT; Tata McGraw Publisher, New Delhi, 7. Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Sons; Delhi, 8. Elements of Workshop Technology by SK Choudhry and Hajra; Asia Publishing House, 9. A Text Book of Production Engineering by PC Sharma; S Chand and Company Ltd. Delhi, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 151
Page 152 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., , Total, , Time Allotted, (Hrs), 06, 12, 10, 06, 06, 08, 04, 10, 06, 08, 08, 84, , Marks Allotted, (%), 08, 14, 12, 08, 16, 09, 05, 12, 06, 10, 10, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 152
Page 153 :
5.5, , PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT, L T P, 4 - 2, , RATIONALE, Diploma holder is responsible for controlling production and quality of the product on the shop floor as, well as for production planning and control. He is also required to supervise erection, installation and, maintenance of equipment including material handling and undertake work-study for better utilization, of resources. For this purpose, knowledge and skills about these topics need to be imparted to them., This subject aims at development of competencies to prepare material, equipment schedule and, production control schedules and maintain required quality levels. In addition, it will also help in, developing skills in erection, installation and testing of equipment., , Learning Outcomes, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Solve planning, scheduling and sequencing problems for shop floor, Interpret different kinds of production systems, Prepare break-even analysis and Gantt chart., Explain the importance of inspection., Prepare various control charts., Apply different techniques to improve quality of products and processes., Carryout estimating and costing of production cost, Explain the objective, importance and types of maintenance., Explain the salient features of labour legislation Acts., DETAILED CONTENTS., , 1., , Production Planning and Control (PPC), 1.1, 1.2., 1.3., 1.4., 1.5., 1.6, , (12 Periods), , Introduction., Objectives and factors affecting PPC, Functions(Elements) of PPC - Planning, Routing, Loading, scheduling,, dispatching, progressing and inspection, Types of production system - Flow or continuous production, Intermittent, Production, Production Control - Objectives and fields of production control, Production, control system, Break even analysis and Gantt chart., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 153
Page 154 :
2., , 3., , Inspection and Quality Control, , (14 Periods), , 2.1., , Inspection – Introduction, Need and Importance, 2.1.1. Types of Inspection, 2.1.2. Role of operator and inspector in inspection, , 2.2, , Quality Control, 2.2.1 Introduction, Need and Importance, 2.2.2 Factors affecting product quality, , 2.3, , Quality Assurance, , 2.4, , Statistical Quality Control (SQC), 2.4.1 Acceptance Sampling, Sampling Plan- Single and double sampling plan, 2.4.2 Operating Characteristics Curve, 2.4.3 Control Charts – Introduction, advantages, Types of control charts(X, R, p, and c charts), 2.4.4 Concept of ISO 9000, ISO 14000 and TQM., 2.4.5, , QC tools, , 2.4.6, , 6σ Approach, , Cost Estimation, , (14 Periods), , 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, , Definition and functions of cost estimation, Estimation procedure, Elements of cost, ladder of costs (simple numericals), Overhead expenses and its distribution, Depreciation- Concept and Definition, Methods of calculating depreciation- Straight line, method, Diminishing Balance Method, Sinking fund method (Numerical problems)., 3.6, Cost control- definition and objectives, Capital cost control (planning and scheduling),, operating cost control., 3.7 Cost estimation for machining processes like turning, drilling, and milling.Cost estimation of, forming processes like forging, pattern making, and casting., , 4., , Repair and Maintenance, , (08 Periods), , 4.1 Objectives and importance of Maintenance, 4.2 Different types of maintenance- Corrective or Breakdown maintenance,, Scheduled Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, Predictive Maintenance, 4.3 Nature of maintenance problems, 4.4 Range of maintenance problems, 5., , Labour Legislation and Pollution Control Acts, , (08 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 154
Page 155 :
5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, , Factory Act 1948., Workmen’s compensation Act 1923., Apprentices Act 1961., Water Pollution Control Act 1974 and 1981., Air Pollution Control Act 1981., Environmental protection Act 1986., PF Act, Employee's State Insurance (ESI) Act, Pollution control provision in Motor Vehicle Act., , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Prepare a flow diagram, Prepare a Gantt chart, Draw X, R, p and c charts, Estimate the cost of turning, Estimate the cost of drilling, Prepare maintenance schedule, , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., , Use computer based learning aids for effective teaching-learning., Students should be taken to various industrial units for clear conception of various topics., Efforts should be made to relate the process of teaching with direct experiences in the, industry., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, -, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Model/prototype making, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., , Production Management by C.L. Mahajan; Satya Parkashan Company Limited, New, Delhi., Mechanical Costing, Estimation and Project Planning by CK Singh; Standard Publishers,, New Delhi., Industrial Engineering and Management by T.R. Banga and SC Sharma; Khanna, Publishers, Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 155
Page 156 :
4., , Industrial Engineering and Management by O.P. Khanna; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New, Delhi., SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Total, , Time Allotted, (Hrs), 12, 14, 14, 08, 08, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 22, 25, 25, 14, 14, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 156
Page 157 :
5.6 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING, (Common for Automobile, Production and CAD), , L T P, 4 - 4, RATIONALE, These days, automobile has become a necessity instead of luxury. The diploma holders inthis, course are required to supervise production and repair and maintenance of vehicles. For this, purpose, knowledge and skills are required to be imparted to them regarding automobile industry, as a whole. This subject aims at developing required knowledge and skills in this area., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to :, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Explain the functions of different chassis components and drive types., Explain the working of transmission system., Explain the working principle of steering system., Carry out routine servicing of brake system and bleeding of hydraulic brakes., Explain the function and types of suspension systems., Carry out testing and charging of lead-acid battery., Interpret Bharat norms of exhaust emissions., , DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, , 2., , Automobile and its development, Various types of automobiles manufactured in India, their manufacturer, and location of their manufacturing unit., Classification of automobiles, Layout of chassis, Types of drives-front wheel, rear wheel, four wheel., Introduction to electric and hybrid vehicles., Governing of fuel- carburettor, electronic control module (ECM i.e, 8 bit,16 bit, and 32 bit computers), Concept of double overhead cam, single overhead cam, Twin cam 16, valvetechnology in 4 cylinder engine., , Transmission System, 2.1, , 2.2, , (06 Periods), , (12 Periods), , Clutch - Function, Constructional details of single plate and multi plate, friction clutches, Centrifugal and semi centrifugal clutch, Cone clutch,, Hydraulic clutch, Gear Box - Function, Working of sliding mesh, constant mesh and, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 157
Page 158 :
2.3, 2.4, , 3., , synchromesh gear box, Torque converter and overdrive, Introduction to, Automated Manual Transmission, Automatic transmission and Continuously, Variable Transmission., Propeller shaft and rear axle - Function, Universal joint, Differential,, Different types of rear axles and rear axle drives., Wheels and Tyres - Types of wheels, Types and specifications of tyres, used in Indian vehicles, Toe in, toe out, camber, caster, kingpin, inclination, Wheel balancing and alignment, Factors affecting tyre life., , Steering System, , (06 Periods), , Function and principle, Ackerman and Davis steering gears, Types of steering, worm and wheel, rack and pinion, Power steering-Hydraulic and Electrical., 4., , Braking system, , gears -, , (08 Periods), , Constructional details and working of mechanical, hydraulic, air and vacuum, brake,, Relative merits and demerits. Details of master cylinder, wheel cylinder, Concept of brake, drum, brake lining/pad and Brake adjustment, Introduction to, Anti-lock Brake System and, its working., 5., , Suspension System, , (08 Periods), , Function and types of Coil spring, leaf spring, Air suspension, Shock, absorber –Function, construction and working of Telescopic type., 6., , Battery, , (10 Periods), , Constructional details of lead acid cell battery, Specific gravity of electrolyte -effect of, temperature on specific gravity, Specification of battery-capacity, rating , number, of, plates, selection of battery for particular use, Battery charging,chemical reactions during, charge and discharge, Maintenance of batteries, Checking of batteries for voltage and, specific gravity. Batteries for electric and hybrid vehicles., 7., , Exhaust Emissions, , (06 Periods), , Types and use of catalytic converters, selective catalytic reduction methods for emission, control, emission norm standards i.e. Bharat norms., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 158
Page 159 :
LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6., 7., , Fault and their remedies in Battery Ignition system, Adjustment of Head Light Beam (ii) Wiper and Indicators., Dismantling and inspection of (i) AC Pump (ii) SU Pump, Dismantle (i) rear axle (ii) differential and find out the gear ratio of crown wheel &, driven sun gear and planet pinion.., Fault finding practices on an automobile - four wheelers (petrol/ diesel vehicles)., Servicing/Tuning of a 2 wheeler/4 wheeler., Servicing of hydraulic brakes :, , a), , c), 8, 9, 10, 11, , adjustment of brakes, , b), bleeding of brakes, fitting of leather pads, , Tuning of an automobile engine., Testing and Charging of an automobile battery and measuring cell voltage and specific, gravity of electrolyte., Changing of wheels and inflation of tyres, balancing of wheels., Measuring spark gap, valve clearance and ring clearance; carrying out cleaning, operations for adjustment., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., , Use computer based learning aids for effective teaching-learning, Expose the students to real life problems, Plan assignments so as to promote problem solving abilities and develop, continued learning skills, , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid- Semester Examination, Group discussion, Semester Examination, Presentation, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., , Automobile Engineering by GBS Narang; Khanna Publishers, Delhi., Automobile Engineering by Dr.Kirpal Singh; Standard Publishers and, Distributors, Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 159
Page 160 :
3., 4., 7., , Automotive Mechanics, by W.Crouse and Anglin; Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi., Automobile Engineering by G. S. Aulakh; Eagle Prakashan, Jalandhar, E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., , Website for Reference, http://swayam.gov.in, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, , Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 6, 12, 6, 8, 8, 10, 06, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 10, 20, 10, 15, 15, 20, 10, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 160
Page 161 :
5.6, , AIR CONDITIONING, (For RAC), L T P, 4 - 4, , RATIONALE, Refrigeration and Airconditioning is one of the needs ofmodern society and industry. It is, already recognised so asit is futile here to say anything about its importance orutility. For, mechanical engineers this knowledge is an extragem. Thispaper covers Air Conditioning., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Explain Psychometric and its importance., Explain the working of air conditioning system., Carry out load calculation., Explain the air condition equipment., Carry out testing of air conditioning unit., , DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , COMFORT AIRCONDITIONING, , (08Periods), , Fundamentals of comfort conditioning, Thermodynamics of ahuman body, Comfort, chart, Effective temperature, Factorsgoverning optimum, Effective temperature,, Economicconsideration for selecting the comfort point, comfort airconditions, recommended far inside design conditions for airconditioning., 2., , AIRCONDITIONING LOAD CALCULATIONS, , (16 Periods), , COLLING LOAD CALCULATIONS, Design conditions for cooling space, sensible heat gains inthe space - (i) Heat, transmission load through buildingstructure in through wall door and windows, Roof and, Floor,(ii) Solar radiation heat lock (iii) Infiltration heat load(iv) Occupants heat load (v), Electric appliances heat load (vi) Product cooling load above freezing and below, freezing(vii) Outside ventilation air load (viii) Other internalheat sources. Latent heat, gain in the space - (i)Infiltration heat load (ii) Occupants heat load (iii)Product freezing, load (iv) Respiration load (v)Miscellaneous items for latent heat load., HEATING LOAD CALCULATIONS, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 161
Page 162 :
Sensible heat loss- (i) Heat Transmission loss throughbuilding structure (ii) Infiltration, heat loss (iii) Productheat loss (iv) Other materials heat loss. Latent Heat loss -(i), Infiltration heat loss (ii) Miscellaneous items forlatent heat loss., Auxiliary heat source, Net heating capacity, intermittentlyheat building., 3., , AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, , (10 Periods), , 1. Unit air-conditioning system (Window air conditioning system),Remote and split air, conditioners., 2. Package air conditioning system, i. Package A.C. with water cooled condenser, ii. Package A.C. with air cooled condenser, 3. Central Air conditioning system, i. D.X system with air handling unit, ii. Chilled and hot water system with fan coil unit., 4., , AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENTS, , (12 Periods), , Air contaminants, purpose and methods of air cleaning,different types of air filters and, humidifiers, Fans andBlowers, grills and registers., AIR FILTERS:, Dry filter, viscous filter, Wet filters, Centrifugal dustcollector, Electric filter., HUMIDIFIERS:, Steam humidifier, Atomization, Type humidifiers, ForcedEvaporation humidifier, Air, washer humidifier capillary typehumidifier., FAN AND BLOWERS:, (i) Axil flow (ii) Radial flow fan, Fan laws, Selection offan., , 5., , EVAPORATOR COOLING, (10 Periods), Evaporator cooling - Thermodynamics of evaporative cooling, Types of evaporative, coolers - Spray type, Pad type,Rotating type, Efficiency of evaporative cooling,, Limitationof evaporative cooling, Indirector, Modified evaporativecooling system., , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., , 5., , Study and use of different refrigeration tools and equipment’s., Study of open type reciprocating compressor used in a refrigeration system., To determine the capacity for window type air conditioner., Proper method of setting and adjusting, a. Thermostate, b. low pressure and high pressure cutout, c. thermostateexpersion ball, Wiring of refrigerator, water cooler, desert cooler, room air conditioner, packed air conditioner, pannel, board., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 162
Page 163 :
6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., , Study of a reciprocating Hermatically Sealed Compressor., Study of electric controls such as - Over Lead Protector, Starting Relay, Potential Relay, thermostat,, Solenoil Valve, Humidistat, High Pressure Control and Low Pressure Control., Study of Refrigerator (Vapour compression and Vapour absorption type)., Study of water cooler and calculation of water cooling rate., Study of different refrigerant flow controls., To find out bypass factor of cooling coil, heating coil., Study of desert cooler and find out its humidifying or cooling efficiency., Study of air conditioning trainer and find out its C.O.P., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., , Use computer based learning aids for effective teaching-learning, Out Door Visit:, a., b., c., d., e., f., g., , 3., , Cold Storage, Ice Plant, Milk Clilling Plant, Cinema Hall, Hotel or restaurant, Railway A.C. compartment, Automobile A.C. System., , Plan assignments so as to promote problem solving abilities and develop, continued learning skills, , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid- Semester Examination, Group discussion, Semester Examination, Presentation, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., Refrigeration & Air Condition by S. C. Arora; TATA Mc Graw Hill, Delhi., 2., Refrigeration & Air Condition by P. L. Balloney; Khanna Publishers., 3., A Textbook of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by R. S. Khurmi and J. K. Gupta; S., Chand., 4., Air Conditioning Engineering by W. P. Jones; A Butterworth-heinemann Title., 8., E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 163
Page 164 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, , Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 08, 16, 10, 12, 10, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 14, 26, 18, 22, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 164
Page 165 :
5.6 REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE - I, (Only for Maintenance), L T P, 4 - 4, RATIONALE, Mechanical engineer is need of every industry and inmajority of cases he is made responsible for, day to dayrepair and maintenance of parts and over all up keep of theplant for its smooth, running. This paper aims to furnish themwith certain basic considerations related to their work, andresponsibility. This subject aims at developing required knowledge and skills in this area., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, , Explain the concept of predictive maintenance,corrective maintenance and preventive maintenance, Explain the stages of maintenance., Explain the sequence of maintenance., Carry out routine servicing of Gears and transmission systems., Carry out planning and scheduling of maintenance work., , DETAILED CONTENTS, 1. Introduction, , (05 Periods), , Maintenance definition, maintenance department and its functions. Importance of, maintenance for productivity andprofitability. Maintenance cost, Economic norms, formaintenance., 2. Preventive maintenance, , (10 Periods), , Brief Introduction of General concept of predictive maintenance,corrective maintenance,, preventive maintenance and their application and work approach - Condition checking ,, repair cycle, maintenance stages, classification of equipment’s for repair and their repair, complexity (resources wanted in terms of size of maintenance department staff workers,, materialsand spaces, annual repair cost of machines and percentage break downs and, resulting efficiency etc.), annual and monthly maintenance schedules, man power planning ,, norms for machine stoppages during preventive maintenance, percentage of equipment to be, taken for preventive maintenance of one go . Norms for Maintenance cost , economic effect, ofpreventive maintenance., 3., , Maintenance stages, , (05 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 165
Page 166 :
Details of work in each stage for different equipment’s Metalcutting and metal working, machine wood working machines,material bundling and equipment’s, Foundry furnaces, and various electrical equipment’s on machines. Pumps, air compressors and etc., 4., , Sequence of maintenance operations, , (06 Periods), , Condition checking, resetting and adjusting with minorrepair. Dismantling its work, sequence and rules (Instructions) some examples. Cleaning of parts anddetermining faults, and comparing them with permissiblelimits by use of suitable instruments and selection, ofrepair method. Preparation of assembly fitting in, balance ofparts , assembly of, mechanisms and machines., 5., , Planning and scheduling of maintenance work, , (04 Periods), , Work authorisation and control, standard time formaintenance work, work measurement,, worksimplification,concept of break down maintenance., 6., , Gears and transmission, , (14 Periods), , Usual defects occurring in gears during use. Checking forcorrect meshing of gears, wear, of teeth, breaking ortwisting of teeth. Burrs on internal splines of the gearbore or tooth, surface. Crack or damage on the rim or bore ofthe gear wheel and methods for repair of, the defects. Method of removal of gears., Vee belt drive, Chains and sprocket wheels. Standardsections and length of Veebelts., Defect and repair methodsof pulley grooves. Installation and assembly of Vee belt,care, and maintenance of belts. Looking after and settingsright timing belts used in high, precision machines., Different types of standard size chains. Chain wear andtheir repair methods. Design, tolerances. Repair methods ofsprocket wheels. Assembly of chain drive., , 7., , Coupling, clutches and bearings, , (12 Periods), , Couplings (fixed, bush, Self aligning, Safety claw etc.) andtheir defects in use, repairing, methods and their assembly.Friction clutches(Disc, Cone, Cylindrical/band) Material, fortheir friction surface, general defects, repair/regulatingmethods and their assembly free, wheeling clutch commondefects and repair methods., Fits and tolerance, Bush wears and its limits, Repair andassembly of splitted and non, splitted bushes. BimetallingBronze lining, Babbiting, Use of stellon compound., Ball and roller bearing Assembly comparison numbers, Defectsand repair, fits and, tolerances., Number System for bearings and identifying of various gradesof bearings., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 166
Page 167 :
LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., , BEARINGS: Inspection, Removal, Cleaning, Lubrication andrefitting of bearings., Maintenance, repair and replacement of couplings and alignment of shaft., Belts and Chain drives:, , (i) Mounting of belts and checking of slip., (ii) Tighten and replacement of chains., 4., , 5., 6., 7., 8., , To do following exercise with the given small subassembly units:, (i), To select tools core removing sub assembly., (ii), To remove the sub assembly unit from the equipment/machine., (iii), To disassemble unit., (iv), To clean the parts prepare a list and draw sketches., (v), To inspect and identify worn out parts., (vi), To suggest whether the part deserve replacement, readjustment or recovery. Method of recovery if, wanted so., (vii), To reassemble sub assembly replacing worn out parts., Preparing decision tree for fault Location. Locating fault and rectifying that for equipment such as Bicycle,, Hydraulic pump, water cooler, Refrigerator, A machine tool and An Air Compressor., Maintenance of the various system including Lubrications service for system such as I.C. Engine, Pump,, centrifugal , Reciprocal, Air compressor Rotary and reciprocating, Refrigerator, Air conditioner, Any, machine tools., Preparation of preventive maintenance schedule for institution machine shop., Maintenance of material handling equipment available in the institution., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., , Use computer based learning aids for effective teaching-learning, Expose the students to real life problems, Plan assignments so as to promote problem solving abilities and develop, continued learning skills, , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid- Semester Examination, Group discussion, Semester Examination, Presentation, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., Industrial Maintenance by HP Garg; S. Chand and Company, Delhi., 2., Installation, Testing and Maintenance by JS Narang, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi., 3., Plant Maintenance Engineering by RK Jain; Khanna Publishers, Delhi., 4., Installation, Servicing and Maintenance by SN Bhattacharya; S Chand and Company, Delhi., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 167
Page 168 :
5., 6., , Maintenance Engineering and Management by RC Mishra and K Pathak; Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi., E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., , SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, , Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 5, 10, 5, 6, 4, 14, 12, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 10, 20, 10, 12, 8, 22, 18, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 168
Page 169 :
6.1, , INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING, L T P, 6 - 2, , RATIONALE, A diploma holder in this course will have to conduct time and motion study to improve the, methods/system. For this, knowledge and related skills in method study and work measurement, are essential. Knowledge of industrial safety is also required. Hence this subject., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:, • use industrial engineering concepts to improve productivity, • use resources optimally and economically., • apply work study techniques for improving production, • explain various incentive plans, • maintain inventory optimally and classify different types of inventory, • take preventive measures to avoid accidents use of safety device., , 1., , 2., , 3., , 4., , DETAILED CONTENTS, Productivity, (10 Periods), Introduction to productivity, factors affecting productivity, practical measurement of, productivity, difference between production and productivity, causes of low productivity, and methods to improve productivity, contribution of standardization in improving, productivity., Work Study, (10 Periods), Definition and scope of work study; factors for selection of work study job, uses and, limitations of work study, Inter-relation between method study and work measurement;, Human aspects of work study; Role of work study in improving productivity., Method Study, (10 Periods), Definition, Objectives and procedure for Method study analysis; Information collection, and recording techniques through various diagrams., , Motion Analysis, , (10 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 169
Page 170 :
5., , 6., , 7., , Principles of Motion analysis; Therbligs and SIMO charts; Normal work area (Principle, of motion economy), design and arrangement of work place. Ergonomics, design of, tools and equipments., Work Measurement, (14 Periods), Objectives; work measurement techniques, stop watch time study; principle, equipment, used and procedure; systems of performance rating; standard elements of time,, calculation of basic times; various allowances; guide for rest allowance in Indian, conditions, calculation of standard time, work sampling, standard data and its usage., Work sampling., Wages and Incentive Schemes, (08 Periods), Introduction to wages, Wage payment for direct and indirect labour, wage payment plans, and incentives, various incentive plans, incentives for indirect labour., Stores Management:, , (10 Periods), , Different Layout and structures of stores, Inventory control, calculation of EOQ, Bin, cards and various forms required in stores for documentation. Purchase procedures., 8., , Industrial Safety, , 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, , (10 Periods), , Accident- causes, types, results and control., Mechanical and electrical hazards- types, causes and preventive steps/procedure., Describe salient points of Factories Act 1948 for health and safety- wash rooms,, drinking water layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure vessels etc., Safety colour codes., Fire prevention and fire fighting, equipment and methods., , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., Stop watch time study on any machine like lathe, drilling machine or milling machine, 2., , Method improvement - Assembly of bolt, nut and 3 washers, , 3., , Determination of standard time for assembly of electrical switch, , 4., , Preparation of flow process chart, , 5., , Preparation of SIMO chart, , 6., , Preparation of flow diagram, , 7., , Preventive measure in case of electrocution, , 8., , Preventive measures in case of snake/poisonous creature sitting, , 9., , Use of first aid in case of minor accidents, , 10., , Use of five extenuates/five drill, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 170
Page 171 :
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., , Teacher should use models and encourage students to develop some other suitable model., , 2., , The teacher should observe and redress the difficulties faced by students in, , performing, , the work while working on ergonomically good and poorly designed workstation., 3., , The teacher should show them real forms to be filled from stores and record keeping., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, −, −, −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Model/prototype making, Preparation of different charts, Viva-voce, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., Work Study and Ergonomics by S Dalela and Sourabh, 2., , Industrial Engineering and Management by O.P. Khanna, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi., , 3., , Industrial Engineering and Management by M. Mahajan; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New, Delhi., , 4., , Introduction to Work Study, ILO Publication, , 5., , Production and costing by GBS Narang; Khanna Publishers, New Delhi., , 6., , E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., , Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 171
Page 172 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., Time Allotted, Marks Allotted, (Periods), (%), 1, 10, 12, 2, 10, 12, 3, 10, 12, 4, 10, 12, 5, 14, 16, 6, 08, 10, 7, 10, 12, 8, 12, 14, Total, 84, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 172
Page 173 :
6.2, , METROLOGY AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, L T, 5 -, , P, 4, , RATIONALE, Metrology is the science of measurement, Diploma holders in this course are responsible for ensuring, process and quality control by making measurements and carrying out inspection of various parameters., For this purpose, knowledge and skills about various measuring instruments are required. The aim of, this subject is to develop knowledge and skills regarding various measuring instruments amongst the, students., , LEARNING OUTCOME, After undergoing the subject, students will be able to :, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , use verniercalliper, micrometer, Height gauge for linear internal and external, measurement., use bore gauge, radius gauge, taper gauge, plug gauge, ring gauge, snap gauge for, measurements., use bevel protector, sine bar, slip gauge, dial indictor, angle deckor, poppy dial for, angular measurements., measure spur gear characteristics using gear tooth vernier, outside diameter over dovel, pins., use tool makers microscope, measure surface roughness parameters., use profile projector, auto collimeter, angle deckor., select and measure variables using electrical and electronics comparators and measuring, instrument, sensors, transducers., select and use non destructive testing methods., explain the use of coordinate measuring machine., use the concept of limits, fits and tolerance in assembly of components, DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Introduction, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, , (08 Periods), , Definition of metrology, Standard of measurement, Types of Errors - Controllable and random errors, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 173
Page 174 :
1.4, 1.5, 2., , Linear and Angular Measurement, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6., , 3., , Precision, accuracy, sensitivity, hysteresis, response time, repeatability,, calibration, uncertainty of measurement, interchangeability., Standardization and standardizing organizations, , Construction features and use of instruments for non precision linear, measurement: steel rule, callipers, surface plate, angle plate, V-block., Construction features and use of instruments for precision measurements, :verniercalipers, vernier height and depth gauges, micrometers., Slip gauges, Indian standards of slip gauges, sets of slip gauges, use of slip, gauges., Cylinder bore gauges, feeler and wire gauges. Checking flatness, roundness and, squareness, Comparators – Characteristics, uses, working principles of different types of, comparators: mechanical, electrical, electronics and pneumatic ., Construction and use of instruments for angular measurements: bevel, protector, sine bar, angle gauges, clinometer, angle dekker. Optical instruments, for angular measurement, auto collimator., , Measurement of Surface Finish, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, , (20 Periods), , (12 Periods), , Terminology of surface roughness., Concept of primary texture and secondary texture., Factors affecting surface finish., CLA, RMS and RA value., Principle and operation of stylus probe instruments. Tomlinson surface meter and, Taylor surface talysurf., , 4., , Limits, Fits and Tolerance, , (05 Period), , 5., , Measurements of Screw threads and Gauges, , (10 Periods), , 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, , 6., , Measurement of screw threads- Introduction, measurements of external and core, diameters, checking of pitch and angle of threads with gauges., Measurements of gears (spur) – Measurement of tooth thickness, pitch, Gear Ball, tester, Lead and Profile Testers., Profile projector, Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM), Tool maker’s, microscope., , Instrumentation, , (15 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 174
Page 175 :
6.1, , 6.2, 6.3, , Various types of instruments used for mechanical quantities such as displacement,, velocity, acceleration, speed and torque. Use of transducers and electronic, counters, stroboscope, vibrating reeds and tachometers., Strain gauge – use of strain gauge and load cells, Various types of temperature measuring instruments such as thermometers,, Thermistor, Bimetallic strip, Pyrometers, , Note: There should be a visit to established metrology lab to familiarize students with purpose, and need of metrology., LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., , Internal and external measurements with verniercalliper and micrometer, Measurement of linear dimensions with height gauge and depth gauge., Measurement of flatness, concentricity with dial indicator, Use of feeler gauge, wire gauge, radius gauge and fillet gauges for checking of standard parameters., Use of plain plug and ring gauge, taper plug and ring gauge, thread plug and ring gauge and snap gauges., Measurement of Angle using;, i), Cylindrical rollers and spherical balls and slip gauges, ii), Bevel protector, iii), Sine Bar/Sine Table , Slip Gauges, Height Gauge and dial indicator., iv), Angle deckor., Measurement of thread parameters by using tool maker’s microscope., Measurement of cylindrical bore using cylinder bore gauge for bore diameter, ovality and taper., Measurement of surface roughness using surface roughness tester., Measurement of a profile using profile projector., Study and use of Auto-Collimator., Determination of temperature of thermocouple, pyrometer, Infrared thermometer., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, , 1., 2., , Demonstrate use of various measuring instruments while imparting theoretical, instructions., Stress should be laid on correct use of various instruments., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., , Engineering Metrology by RK Jain; Khanna Publishers, New Delhi., A Text Book of Production Engineering by RC Sharma; S Chand and Company, New, Delhi., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 175
Page 176 :
3., 4., 5., , Metrology Laboratory Manual by M Adithan and R Bahl; NITTTR, Chandigarh., Engineering Metrology by RK Rajput; SK Kataria and Sons, Ludhiana., E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , by, , Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 08, 20, 12, 05, 10, 15, 70, , Marks Allotted, (%), 12, 28, 18, 08, 14, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 176
Page 177 :
6.3, , CNC MACHINES AND AUTOMATION, L T P, 4 - 4, , RATIONALE, Diploma holders are required to supervise and handle specialized machines and equipment like, CNC machines. For this purpose, knowledge and skills about NC machines, part programming, in NC machines and tooling for CNC machines are required to be imparted for enabling them to, perform above functions. This subject aims at development of knowledge and skills about CNC, machines, tools, equipment and use of high tech machines for increased productivity and quality., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing this course, the students will be able to :, • explain the construction and tooling of CNC machine., • prepare simple part programme for different operations., • operate a CNC lathe., • operate a CNC milling machine., • diagnose common problems in CNC machines., • explain the trends in the field of automation., DETAILED CONTENTS, 1., , Introduction, , (06 Periods), , Introduction to NC, CNC & DNC, their advantages, disadvantages and applications,, Machine Control Unit, input devices, serial communication and Ethernet techniques,, selection of components to be machined on CNC machines, Problems with conventional, NC, New developments in NC, Axis identification, PLC Control and its components., 2., , Constructional details and Tooling, , (08 Periods), , Design features, specification Chart of CNC machines, use of slideways, balls, rollers and, coatings, motor and leadscrew, swarf removal, safety and guarding devices, various, cutting tools for CNC machines, overview of tool holder, different pallet systems and, automatic tool changer system, management of a tool room., , 3., , Part Programming, , (12 Periods), , Part programming and basic concepts of part programming, NC words, part programming, formats, simple programming for rational components, part programming using canned, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 177
Page 178 :
cycles, subroutines and do loops, tool off sets, cutter radius compensation and wear, compensation., 4., , System Devices, , (08 Periods), , Actuators, Transducers and Sensors, Tachometer, LVDT, opto-interrupters,, potentiometers for linear and angular position, encoder and decoder, axis drives, open, loop system, close loop system., 5., , Problems in CNC Machines, , (06 Periods), , Common problems in mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, electronic and PC components, of NC machines, diagnostic study of common problems and remedies, use of on-time, fault finding diagnosis tools in CNC machines., 6., , Automation and NC system, , (06 Periods), , Role of computer in automation, emerging trends in automation, automatic assembly,, manufacture of magnetic tape, manufacture of printed circuit boards, manufacture of, integrated Circuits, Overview of FMS, Group technology, CAD/CAM and CIM., 7., , CNC operations involved in Turning and Milling, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, , (10 Periods), , Introduction to operations involved in turning machines- Facing OD and ID Rough, cut, Finish cut, Taper turning, Drilling, Threading, Grooving and cut-off (parting)., Introduction to operations involved in Milling-contouring, pocketing, Drilling,, Facing, Circular tools paths., Different terms like clearance, Retract, Feed plane, Depth of cut, lead in, lead out,, overlap., Simple programmes in Milling and Turning involving different operations., , LIST OF PRACTICALS, 1, 2., , Study the constructional details of CNC lathe., Study the constructional details of CNC milling machine., , 3., , Study the constructional details and working of:, Automatic tool changer and tool setter, Multiple pallets, Swarf removal, Safety devices, Develop a part programme for following lathe operations and make the job on CNC lathe, and CNC turning center., , 4., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 178
Page 179 :
5., , 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , - Plain turning and facing operations, - Taper turning operations, - Operation along contour using circular interpolation., Develop a part programme for the following milling operations and make the job on, CNC milling, Plain milling, Slot milling, Contouring, Pocket milling, Preparation of work instruction for machine operator, Preparation of preventive maintenance schedule for CNC machine., Demonstration through industrial visit for awareness of actual working of FMS in, production., Use of software for turning operations on CNC turning center., Use of software for milling operations on machine centres., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, This is highly practice-based course. Efforts should be made to develop programming skills, amongst the students. During practice work, it should be ensured that students get opportunity to, individually perform practical tasks., , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., , CNC Machines – Programming and Applications by M Adithan and BS Pabla; New Age, International (P) Ltd., Delhi., 2., Computer Aided Manufacturing by Rao, Kundra and Tiwari; Tata McGraw Hill, New, Delhi., 3., CNC Machine by Bharaj; Satya Publications, New Delhi., 4., e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE,NITTTR,, Chandigarh., Website for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 179
Page 180 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Topic No., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 06, 08, 12, 08, 06, 06, 10, 56, , Marks Allotted, (%), 10, 14, 22, 14, 10, 10, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 180
Page 181 :
6.4 AUTOMOBILE MAINTENANCE, SERVICING & REPAIR, (For Automobile Branch), L T P, 5 - RATIONALE, The development of automobile industry and direct orindirect dependence of the present day, society on theservices of its products has made the knowledge of thistechnology imperative. The, paper deals with automotive needsother than power unit., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completion of this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, •, , Explain the importance of engine maintenance and repair., Discuss various types of faults in engine., Explain the repair process involved automobile engine., Describe the maintenance of radiator and lubrication system., Explain electrical system repair., Discuss the maintenance of vehicle air conditioning system., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1., , Engine maintenance &repairing :, , (18 Periods), , Maintenance, Maintenance schedule, Routine Maintenanceschedule for petrol engine and, diesel engine, lubricatingchart, cleaning and adjustment, preventive maintenance,trouble, shooting for faults in engines. Overhauling ofengines, Adjusting the engine timing,, Maintenance andadjustment of carburettor and fuel injection pump. Checkingthe valve, clearance and adjustment, valve grinding andlapping, engine tuning, detection and, rectification of faultsuse compression gauge and vacuum gauge., 2., , Repairing processes, , (10 Periods), , Cylinder re-boring and re-sleeving, Removal of liners andfitting, inspection; Repair and, fitting of valve and valveguides, checking the connecting rod for bending andconnecting, rod alignment, inspection of crank shaft forovality and regrinding, Phasing and calibration, of fuelinjection pump, nozzle testing, cleaning and grinding., 3., , Repair and maintenance of radiator and lubricating system:, , (12 Periods), , Principle of lubrications on multi cylinder engine, Types of Lubrication system-Splash ,, Pressure, Combined , Types of Lubrication pumps and pump drives , Maintenance of, lubricatingsystem, Flushing the lubricating system, Change of usedlubricating oils,, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 181
Page 182 :
clearing and fitting of oil filterlubrication of water pump, grades of oils, multi grade, oil,additives for improving the quality of oilRadiator repair and maintenance., , 4., , Electrical system repair and maintenance, , (14 Periods), , 5., , Starter trouble, shooting and suggesting remedies, removalof starter from engine, repairing, the starter, bushes andbushes replacement, checking of armature for short circuit,cleaning, of commutators, checking, repairing of starterdrive reassembly and testing of starter,, dynamo, lubricatingthe dynamo, changing the bushes, checking and turning theelectrical, horn., Repair and maintenance of vehicle air conditioning system, (16 Periods), , Testing and Charging of Air Conditioner, care & maintenance electrical components, noise, level system, fresh airallowance, primary & secondary circuit, heat exchanger,cooling &, dehumidifying coil. Care & servicing-Air controlunit, temperature control unit, magnet, clutch, condenser,fanassembly, Evaporator, relays, expansion valve, filters andthree way, solenoid valve. Checking of harness of airconditioning., MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, , • Assignments and quiz/class tests, • Mid-term and end-term written tests, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1., 2., 3., , A Textbook of Automobile Engineering by R. K. Rajput; Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd, Vehicle Maintenance and Garage Practice by J.A. Doshi, D. U. Panchal and J. P. Maniar;, PHI Learning, E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Sr. No., , 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , Time Allotted, (Periods), 18, 10, 12, 14, 16, , Marks allotted, (%), 20, 14, 18, 24, 24, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 182
Page 183 :
Total, , 70, , 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 183
Page 184 :
6.4 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN, (For CAD Branch), L T P, 5 - RATIONALE, Diploma holders in mechanical engineering with specialization in computer aided design are, required to provideprofessional assistance in design of prototypes, tools jigsand fixtures. For this, purpose, it is essential to impartknowledge and skills about computer aided graphics anddesign, for enabling them to perform in this field., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completion of this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, , List various CAD Hardware., Explain different types of Graphic Package., Explain the 2D and 3D transformation., Describe the world/device co-ordinate system., Explain the benefits of CAD., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1 CAD Hardware, , (18 Periods), , Different types of graphics display devices -Stroke writing, Raster, Beam Penetration, colourCRT, Shadow mark colour CRT, TFT Monitor.Input devices such as mouse,, digitiser, light pen, joystick, thumb wheel, track ball, Scanner. Graphics output devices plotters and printers., 2, , Graphic Package, , (20 Periods), , Graphic Software, Selection of appropriate software. Ground rules for graphics, package.Graphics package. CAD Software - Application of CAD Software., 3, , 2-D & 3-D transformations, , (22 Periods), , World/Device Co-ordinate representations. 2D and 3D geometric transformation. Matrix, representation - translation, scaling, rotation, mirror and share, Zooming,Panning and, Clipping (for 2D only)., 4, , Design process and role of computers in design process. Benefits of CAD (10 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 184
Page 185 :
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, , • Assignments and quiz/class tests, • Mid-term and end-term written tests, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, , 3, , 1 Computer Aided Design by Sadhu Singh; S. K. Kataria& Sons, 2 Computer Aided Design by Sunil Kumar Srivastava;IK International, 3 CAD/CAM : Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing by M. Groover, E. Zimmers;, Pearson, E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, by, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , Websites for Reference:, SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Sr. No., , 1., 2., 3., 4., Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 18, 20, 22, 10, 70, , Marks allotted, (%), 26, 22, 32, 20, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 185
Page 186 :
6.4 TOOL ENGINEERING, (only For Production), L T P, 5 - RATIONALE, A diploma holder should have complete knowledge of basic tools, their materials and their, optimal utilization. This subject imparts skill and awareness of quality production in minimum, time by using jigs and fixtures., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completion of this course, the students will be able to :, •, •, •, •, •, •, •, , List various properties of cutting tools., Explain the geometry of cutting tools., Explain the principles of location., Describe the functions of various locating devices., Explain the working of various types of clamps., Explain the functioning of various types of drilling jigs., Discuss features of various types of fixtures, DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1, , Cutting Tools, , (24 Periods), , Mechanical property and uses of high-speed steel, stellite, cemented carbide, ceramics, diamond, study of commercially available cutting tools. Tool geometry of single point, cutting tools, multipoint cutting tools, reamer, drill, milling cutter, throw-away inserts,, chip breaker, tool and cutter maintenance, regrinding and lapping of tools., 2, , Location and Clamping, , (16 Periods), , Principles of location, 3-2-1 principle, Location with previous machined hole, different, locating devices, V-location, conical locations. Purpose of Clamping elements, types of, clamps., 3, , Jigs and Fixtures, , (30 Periods), , Need for jigs and fixtures, fundamental principles of jigs and fixtures design., Types of bushes, advantages of bushings., Types of drilling jigs- template jig, channel jig, latch jig, quick acting jig, indexing, jig, box jig., Types of fixtures-simple fixture, milling fixture, welding fixture, turning, fixture, assembly fixture & inspection fixture., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 186
Page 187 :
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, , • Assignments and quiz/class tests, • Mid-term and end-term written tests, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1, 2, 3, , 4, , Production Engineering by P.C. Sharma; S. Chand & Company Ltd., Delhi., Tool Design by Donaldson and Lecain; Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi, Production Engineering & Design by Dr. Surender Kumar and Umesh Chandra, E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , by, , Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Sr. No., , 1., 2., 3., Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 24, 16, 30, 70, , Marks allotted, (%), 36, 22, 42, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 187
Page 188 :
6.4 REFRIGERATION PLANT, ERECTION AND SERVICING, (For RAC Branch), L T P, 5 - RATIONALE, Refrigeration and Air conditioning is one of the needs ofmodern society and industry. It is, already recognised so asit is futile here to say anything about its importance orutility. The subject, has been divided in three parts thiscovers service and maintenance of Refrigeration andAir, conditioning Plant., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After completion of this course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, , Explain the installation of refrigeration and Air conditioner., Discuss various types of refrigeration plant layout., Explain operational and routine maintenance process., Describe trouble shooting in refrigeration plant., Discuss the maintenance of air conditioning plant equipment’s., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1, , Installation of refrigeration and AC machine, , (10 Periods), , Refrigerator, Water Coolers, Window A.C. (Split Type), Package A.C. (Water cooled and, Air Cooled), Air handling,Unit (A.H.U.), Fan Coil Unit (F.C.U.), , 2, , Erecting of refrigeration plant, , (12 Periods), , Need based layout of refrigeration plant, Installation of different components of the, refrigeration plant, Erecting ofthe plant, Erecting of duct and grills, Precaution, ininstallation and erecting., 3, , Operation and routine maintenance, , (12 Periods), , Operating procedures, Starting sequences andimportance/significance of each step,, stopping sequence,Routine maintenance, Some routines service operations -Pumping, down, Pumping out the refrigerant, refrigerantcharging, purging of non-condensable gases., 4, , Preventive maintenance, service and trouble shooting, , (18 Periods), , Preventive maintenance - Anticipation of failure, operating,Plant at design efficiency., Reduction of volumetric efficiency of compressor, Reasons for increase in, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 188
Page 189 :
dischargepressure, Preventive steps, Reasons for reduction in suctionpressure, Preventive, steps, Increase of clearance volume ofcompressor, Preventive maintenance suction vapour, superheating, Checking efficiency of condenser, Descaling ofcondenser water tubes,, Evaporator- Preventive steps,Reduction in heat tromster efficiency, Excess oil in, thesystem, Electrical circuits and control trouble shooting., 5, , Maintenance, servicing and overhauling of refrigerationplants equipment’s, (18 Periods), Servicing and overhauling of compressor such as -Reciprocating, rotary, Centrifugal and, hermateic sealedcompressor unit. Maintenance of receiver, Humidifier pump,Fan and, filters, repair and maintenance of electricalmachines related to the trade (Electric motor, Testing),Repair and maintenance of - system controls such as -Relay (Current and, Potential) OLP, Thermostat, High and Lowpressure controls, Solenoid valve., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, , • Assignments and quiz/class tests, • Mid-term and end-term written tests, RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 1, 2, 3, , Industrial Refrigeration Handbook by Wilbert F. Stoeckert; McGraw-Hill, Handbook of air conditioning and refrigeration by Shan K. Wang; McGraw-Hill, E-books/e-tools/relevant, software, to, be, used, as, recommended, AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh., , by, , SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Sr. No., , 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 10, 12, 12, 18, 18, 70, , Marks allotted, (%), 16, 18, 18, 22, 26, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 189
Page 190 :
6.4, REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE- II, (Only for Repair & Maintenance), L T P, 5, - RATIONALE, A diploma holder is involved in supervision and maintenance jobs. He must know the various, processes carried out during testing, repair and maintenance and material handling. Hence this, subject., LEARNING OUTCOMES, On completion of the course, the students will be able to:, •, •, •, •, •, , explain the concept of testing, repair and maintenance., comprehend the procedure for erection and commissioning of machines., comprehend the procedure for testing of machines., explain various lubrication systems., comprehend the procedure of repair and maintenance., DETAILED CONTENTS, , 1. Introduction, , (06 Periods), , Necessity and advantages of testing, repair and maintenance, common instruments required, for testing, significance of B-T curve in life span of machine tool,, Acceptance test for, machine tools, Economic aspects, manpower planning and materials management, 2. Plant Layout, Erection and Commissioning of Machines (Installation), , (10 Periods), , Location, layout of machines in Plant Layout, Principles of Plant layout, types of plant, layout, and positioning of machines, grouping of machines., Foundation – types of foundation, various considerations for machine foundations,, foundation plan, types of foundation bolts, erection and leveling, grouting, Vibration, damping, vibration isolation – methods of isolation, anti vibration mounts., 3. Testing of Machines, (10 Periods), Testing equipment – dial gauge, mandrel, spirit level, straight edge, auto collimator., Recalibration of measuring instruments like vernier calliper., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 190
Page 191 :
Testing methods – geometrical/alignment test, performance test, testing under load, run, test, vibrations, noise, 4., , Maintenance, , (10 Periods), , Definition, advantages, limitations, functions and types of maintenance organisation. Types, of maintenance viz. emergency, preventive, breakdown/corrective, predictive, Introduction to computerized maintenance record like facility register, maintenance, request., ISO standards for maintenance documentation, Introduction to machine history card – purpose and advantages, Preparation of scheduled yearly plan for preventive maintenance, difference of work content, of servicing, repairs and overhauling. MTBF and MTTR. Maintainability, Spare parts- Need of frequently needed spare parts inventory, Make provision of, spares, for parts not available in market, 5, , Repairing, , (08 Periods), , Common parts which are prone to failure, reasons of failure, Repair schedule Parts that commonly need repair such as belts, couplings, nuts, and, repairing the engines, compressors and boilers., 6 Lubrication Systems, , bolts, , (09 Periods), , Lubrication methods and periodical lubrication chart for various machines (daily,, weekly, monthly ), Handling and storage of lubricants, Lubricants conditioning and disposal, Lubricant and their grades needed for specific components such as gears, bearings, and, chains, Purpose and procedure of changing oil periodically (like gear box oil), 7 Material Handling Systems, , (09 Periods), , Basic principles of material handling, Basic types of material handling equipments and its, characteristic, Uses and limitations, forklift trucks, Selection of material handling equipment,, Unit load: pallet sizing and loading. Conveyor models, AGV Systems, Automated Storage &, Retrieval System (ASRS), Carousels., 8, , Maintenance Manuals and Reports, , (08 Periods), , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 191
Page 192 :
Types of manuals need for maintenance contents of manuals, manual writing and reporting,, action- taken report (ATR), Fitter common tools: Appliances and devices, handling facilities and measuring instruments., , INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , Lay greater emphasis on practical aspects of maintenance., Make use of transparencies, video films and CD’s., Expose the students to real life situation., Promote continued learning through properly planned assignments., Demonstrate sample of all types of gear and bearings., , MEANS OF ASSESSMENT, , −, −, −, , Assignments and quiz/class tests, Mid-term and end-term written tests, Model/prototype making, , RECOMMENDED BOOKS, 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., , Industrial Maintenance by HP Garg; S. Chand and Company, Delhi., Installation, Testing and Maintenance by JS Narang, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi., Plant Maintenance Engineering by RK Jain; Khanna Publishers, Delhi., Installation, Servicing and Maintenance by SN Bhattacharya; S Chand and Company, Delhi., Maintenance Engineering and Management by RC Mishra and K Pathak; Prentice Hall of, India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi., 12. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR,, Chandigarh., Websites for Reference:, http://swayam.gov.in, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 192
Page 193 :
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS, Sr. No., , 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., Total, , Time Allotted, (Periods), 06, 10, 10, 10, 08, 09, 09, 08, 70, , Marks allotted, (%), 08, 14, 14, 16, 12, 12, 12, 12, 100, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 193
Page 194 :
6.5, , PROJECT WORK, L, -, , T P, - 12, , RATIONALE, Major Project Work aims at developing innovative skills in the students whereby they apply in, totality the knowledge and skills gained through the course work in the solution of particular, problem or by undertaking a project. In addition, the project work is intended to place students, for project oriented practical training in actual work situation for the stipulated period., LEARNING OUTCOMES, After undergoing the project work, students will be able to:, Apply in totality the knowledge and skills gained through the course work in the solution, of particular problem or by undertaking a project. In addition, the project work is intended to, place the learner for project oriented practical training in actual work situation for the stipulated, period with a view to:, • Develop understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of fieldwork in which students are going to play their role after completing the courses of study, • Develop understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context, of its application at work places., • Develop firsthand experience and confidence amongst the students to enable them to use, and apply polytechnic/institute based knowledge and skills to solve practical problems, related to the world of work., • Develop abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, positive attitudes and, values etc., General Guidelines, The individual students have different aptitudes and strengths. Project work, therefore, should, match the strengths of students. For this purpose, students should be asked to identify the type of, project work, they would like to execute. The activity of problem identification should begin, well in advance (say at the end of second year). Students should be allotted a problem of interest, to him/her as a major project work. It is also essential that the faculty of the respective, department may have a brainstorming session to identify suitable project assignments for their, students. The project assignment can be individual assignment or a group assignment. There, should not be more than 3 students if the project work is given to a group. The project work, identified in collaboration with industry should be preferred., This practical training cum project work should not be considered as merely conventional, industrial training in which students are sent at work places with either minimal or no, supervision. This experience is required to be planned in advance and supervised on regular basis, by the polytechnic faculty. For the fulfillment of above objectives, polytechnics may establish, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 194
Page 195 :
close linkage with 8-10 relevant organization for providing such an experience to students. It is, necessary that each organization is visited well in advance and activities to be performed by, students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such that it matches with the curricular, interest to students and of professional value to industrial/ field organizations. Each teacher is, expected to supervise and guide 5-6 students., The projects given to students should be such for which someone is waiting for solution. Some, of the suggested project activities are given below:, 1., Projects connected with repair and maintenance of machines., 2., Estimating and costing projects., 3., Design of jigs / fixtures., 4., Projects related to quality control., 5., Project work related to increasing productivity., 6., Projects relating to installation, calibration and testing of machines., 7., Projects related to wastage reduction., 8., Project, related to fabrication., 9., Energy efficiency related projects., 10., Projects related to improving an existing system, NOTE: Each student has to take one project individually and one to be shared with a group of, four-five students depending upon cost and time involved. There is no binding to take up the, above projects as it is only a suggestive list of projects., A suggestive criterion for assessing student performance by the external (person from industry), and internal (teacher) examiner is given in table below:, Sr., Performance Criteria, Max.**, Rating Scale, No., Marks Excell, Very, Good Fair, Poor, ent, Good, 1. Selection of project assignment, 10%, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, 2. Planning and execution of, 10%, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, considerations, 3. Quality of performance, 20%, 20, 16, 12, 8, 4, 4. Providing solution of the, 20%, 20, 16, 12, 8, 4, problems or production of final, product, 5. Sense of responsibility, 10%, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, 6. Self expression/ communication, 5%, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, skills, 7. Interpersonal skills/human, 5%, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, relations, 8. Report writing skills, 10%, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, 9, Viva voce, 10%, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, 100, 100, 80, 60, 40, 20, Total marks, The overall grading of the practical training shall be made as per following table., CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 195
Page 196 :
In order to qualify for the diploma, students must get “Overall Good grade” failing which the, students may be given one more chance to improve and re-evaluate before being disqualified and, declared “not eligible to receive diploma ”. It is also important to note that the students must get, more than six “goods” or above “good” grade in different performance criteria items in order to, get “Overall Good” grade., , i), ii), iii), iv), v), , Range of maximum marks, , Overall grade, , More than 80, 79 <> 65, 64 <> 50, 49 <> 40, Less than 40, , Excellent, Very good, Good, Fair, Poor, , Important Notes, 1., , This criteria must be followed by the internal and external examiner and they should, see the daily, weekly and monthly reports while awarding marks as per the above, criteria., , 2., , The criteria for evaluation of the students have been worked out for 200 maximum, marks. The internal and external examiners will evaluate students separately and give, marks as per the study and evaluation scheme of examination., , 3., , The external examiner, preferably, a person from industry/organization, who has, been associated with the project-oriented professional training of the students, should, evaluate the students performance as per the above criteria., , 4., , It is also proposed that two students or two projects which are rated best be given, merit certificate at the time of annual day of the institute. It would be better if specific, nearby industries are approached for instituting such awards., , The teachers are free to evolve other criteria of assessment, depending upon the type of project work., , It is proposed that the institute may organize an annual exhibition of the project work, 10., , RESOURCE REQUIREMENT, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 196
Page 197 :
10.1, , PHYSICAL RESOURCES, , (A), , Space requirement, Norms and standards laid down by All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE), are to be followed to work out space requirement in respect of class rooms, tutorial, rooms, drawing halls, laboratories, space required for faculty, student amenities and, residential area for staff and students., , (B), Equipment requirement:, Following Laboratories are required for Diploma Programme in Mechanical Engineering:, − Communication Laboratory, − Applied Physics Laboratory, − Applied Chemistry Laboratory, − Engineering Drawing, − Applied Mechanics, − Basics of Information Technology/Computer Laboratory, − Carpentry Shop, − Painting and Polishing Shop, − Electrical Shop, − Smithy Shop, − Fitting and Plumbing Shop, − Sheet Metal Shop, − Welding Shop, − Foundry Shop, − Machine Shop, − Material and Metallurgy Laboratory, − Mechanical Engineering Drawing, − Strength of Material Laboratory, − Electrical and Electronics Engineering Laboratory, − Mechanical Workshop, − Hydraulic and Pneumatic Laboratory, − Thermal Engineering Laboratory, − Metrology Laboratory, − Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Laboratory, − Theory of Machine Laboratory, − Automobile Engineering Lab, − Maintenance Lab (fot Repair & Maintenance), − Environment Engineering, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 197
Page 198 :
− Energy Conservation Lab, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 198
Page 199 :
EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT FOR MECHANICAL ENGG., Sr., Qty, Total Price, No. Description, (Rs), COMMUNICATION LABORATORY, 1. Stools, 40, 10,000, 2. Display Board/Screen, 2, 6,000, 3. Sound recording and playing system, 1, 6,000, 4. Audio cassettes, 60, 2,000, 5. Overhead Projector, 1, 5,000, 6. Transparencies slides, 100, 500, 7. TV, VCR and camera for video recording, 1 each, 20,000, 8. English spoken course, 1, 2,000, 9. A Quiz room equipped with two way audio system, back, 1, 30,000, projection system and slide projector, 10., , Miscellaneous, , LS, , 1,500, , 12, , 2,000, , 12, , 2,000, , 12, , 2,000, , 5 Each, 02, 02, 02, 02, 05, 02, 10, , 1,500, 4,000, 3,000, 2,000, 4,000, 1,500, 25,000, 3,500, , 2, 2, 10, 10, 2, 10, 2, , 1,000, 700, 700, 2,000, 800, 4,000, 1,000, , 2, , 1,000, , APPLIED PHYSICS LABORATORY, , 1., , Vernier calipers, Working length 160 mm, Internal and external dia with locking, arrangement, , 2., , Screw Gauges, Working length 15 mm, pitch 0.5 mm, least count .005 mm, , 3., , Spherometers, Distance between legs 2.5 mm, pitch 0.5 mm, least count .005 mm., , 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., , 14., 15., 16., 17, 18., , Mirrors (convex, concave), Pendulum Setup, Gravesand’s Apparatus, Inclined Plane Setup, Flywheel Setup, Prism, Spectrometer, DC Ammeters, Moving coil weston-type ammeter with ebonite stand, DC Miliammeters, DC Microammeters, DC voltmeters, DC Millivoltmeters, Sensitivity Galvanometer, Student Galvanometers, Demonstration type DC Ammeters, Range; 0 to 1 Amp., , 19., , D type DC Voltmeter, Range : 0 to 1 Volt, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 199
Page 200 :
Sr., No., 20., , Qty, , Description, , D type Galvanometers, , 8, , Total Price, (Rs), 8,000, , Sensitivity : 20 microamperes per scale division,, , 21., , Resistance boxes (dial type) assorted, , 8, , 8,000, , 22., , Rheostats, , 10, , 4.000, , 23., , Miscellaneous items (Spring, Pan, Glycerine, Optic fibre,, , LS, , 2,000, , Ferromagnetic material), 24., , Fortin’s Barometer (Wall type), , 2, , 20,000, , 25., , Stoke’s Apparatus, , 2, , 10,000, , 26., , Gumther’s Apparatus, , 2, , 16,000, , 27., , Resonance Tube Apparatus with accessories and, , 2, , 14,000, , Tuning fork set, 28., , Sodium Lamp setup with Biprism, , 2, , 10,000, , 29., , Ohmic resistance coil, , 10, , 5,00, , 30., , Slide wire bridge, , 2, , 8,000, , 31., , PN Junction diode Apparatus, , 2, , 10,000, , 32., , Laser (as per requirement), , 1, , 1,00,000, , 33., , Numerical aperture setup, , 1, , 25,000, , LS, , 3,000, , 34., 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., , Miscellaneous, , APPLIED CHEMISTRY LABORATORY, Digital Balance, 1, 80,000, Burette 50ml, 30, 3,000, Pipette 25ml, 60, 4,000, Beakers 100ml, 60, 4,000, Burette stand, 30, 30,000, Glazed tile, 30, 1,000, Conical flask 50ml (Titration flask), 60, 4,000, Standard (Measuring) flask (to prepare standard, 30, 6,000, solution) 250ml/100ml, Able’s Flash Point apparatus, 2, 10,000, (1/10)°C thermometer, 06, 6,000, Candles, 20, 100, Crucible with lid, 06, 2,000, Muffle furnace, 1, 18,000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 200
Page 201 :
14., 15., , Decicators, Pair of tongue (small and big), , Sr., No., 16., , Description, , 06, 24 (small), 2 (big), Qty, , 8,000, 2,000, Total Price, (Rs), , 17., , Chemicals, - EDTA-1 kg, - Eriochrome Black-T(solochrome black T)200g, - Buffer solution (NH3 - 2.5 ltr, NH4Cl – 1 kg), - Zinc sulphate- 500g, - H2SO4- 2.5 ltr, - Phenolphthalein indicator (as per requirement), - Methyl orange indicator (as per requirement), - Charcoal (as per requirement), - Kerosene- 1 ltr, Miscellaneous, , 2, , Printer (MFP), , 1, , 25,000, , 3, , Printer (Laser), , 1, , 35,000, , 4., , Plotter, , 1, , 75,000, , LS, , 20,000, , LS, 2,000, ENGINEERING DRAWING, 1., Drawing Boards (700 x 500mm), 60, 25,000, 2., Draughtsman Tables, 60, 1,80,000, 3., Draughtsman Stools, 60, 40,000, 4., Computer Aided Drawing (CAD) Software 30 User, 5,00,000, 5., Model of different wooder joints, 1, 1,000, 6., Model of different screw threads, 1, 1,000, 7., Model of various locking devices, 1, 1,000, 8., Model of various joints, 1, 1,000, 9., Cut section Model of various couplings, 1, 3,000, 10., Miscellaneous, LS, 5,000, APPLIED MECHANICS LABORATORY, 1., Polygon law of forces apparatus, 1, 2,000, 2., Jib crane, 1, 4,000, 3., Apparatus for reaction at supports, 1, 5,000, 4., Inclined plane and friction apparatus, 1, 2,500, 5., Screw jack, 1, 1,000, 6., Worm and worm wheel, 1, 3,500, 7., Single Purchase Winch Crab, 1, 4,000, 8., Miscellaneous, LS, 1,000, BASICS OF IT LABORATORY/COMPUTER LABORATORY, 1., Computer System with latest configuration, 30, 8,00,000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 201
Page 202 :
5., , Digitiser, , 1, , 50,000, , 6., , Antivirus Software, , LS, , 10,000, , 7., , Internet Facility on Computers, , LS, , 2,00,000, , Sr., No., 8., , Description, , Qty, , AutoCAD/Solid Works/Unigraphics/Pro-C (any one, software), 9., LCD Projector, 10. UPS, 11. Software (latest windows, latest MS Office), 12. Scanner, 13., Miscellaneous, CARPENTRY SHOP, 1, Work benches fitted with carpenter vices, , 30, user, 1, 60, 1, 1, LS, , Total Price, (Rs), 5,00, 000, 35,000, 1,20,000, 1,00,000, 10,000, 5,000, , 5, , 20,000, , 2., , Circular saw grinder, , 1, , 6,000, , 3., , Wood cutting band saw-vertical, , 1, , 10,000, , 4., , Bench grinder, , 1, , 5,000, , 5., , Drilling machine, , 1, , 8,000, , 6., , Wood turning lathe, , 1, , 40,000, , 7., , Wood Planner, , 1, , 20,000, , 8., , Tool accessories measuring and marking Instruments, , 25, , 25,000, , 9., , Band saw blade brazing unit, , 1, , 10,000, , LS, , 1,500, , 10., , Miscellaneous, , PAINTING AND POLISHING SHOP, 1., Spray gun with hose pipe, 1, 1,000, 2., Paint brushes, 20, 2,000, 3., Paint/Varnish, LS, 2,000, 4., Air Compressor with 2 hp motor, 1 set, 10,000, 5., Miscellaneous, LS, 2,000, ELECTRICAL SHOP, 1., Tool kit (Plier, Srew driver, Knife, Steel rule, hammer,, 20, 20,000, sciber, pincer steel tape etc.), 2., Fuses, Switches, Plugs, Sockets, Ceiling rose, Wires,, 8,000, cleats, Clamps, Test lamp, Tester.( as per requirement), 3., Electric Iron, 1, 1,500, 4., Electric kettle, 1, 1,500, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 202
Page 203 :
5., 6., 7., 8., 9., , Ceiling fan/table fan, Desert cooler, Lead acid battery, Battery Charger, Miscellaneous, , Sr., No. Description, SMITHY SHOP, 1., Black smithy forge (with open hearths, accessories to, match the forge), 2., Wrought iron anvils, , 1, 1, 2, 1, , Qty, , 2,500, 5,000, 8,000, 6,000, 3,000, Total Price, (Rs), , 20, , 40,000, , 20, , 20,000, , 3., , Swage blocks, , 4, , 8,000, , 4., , Blower with accessories, motor switch etc, , 1, , 6,000, , 5., , Work benches with vices, , 2, , 6,000, , 6., , Power hammer, , 1, , 20,000, , 7., , Tools and accessories – hammers, swages, tongs,, pokers, pullers etc, Miscellaneous, , 20, , 10,000, , LS, , 1,500, , 8., , FITTING AND PLUMBING SHOP, 1., , Work benches with vices (4 vices on each bench), , 5, , 30,000, , 2., , Marking tables with scribers, , 4, , 24,000, , 3., , Surface plates, , 5, , 20,000, , 4., , 25, , 50,000, , 5., , Accessories like calipers, V blocks, height, gauges steel, rules and scribers, Tool kits – taps, dies, drills, , 25, , 40,000, , 6., , Tool kits – chiesels, hammers, files, hacksaw, , 25, , 25,000, , 7., , Drilling machine, , 2, , 12,000, , 8., , Pipe vice, , 4, , 1,000, , 9., , Chain wrenches, , 5, , 1,250, , 10., , Ring spanner set, , 5, , 600, , 11., , Pipe die set 2”, , 12., , Pipe bending device, , 2 set, , 1,000, , 1, , 5,000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 203
Page 204 :
13., , Various plumbing fittings, , 14., , Miscellaneous, , SHEET METAL, 1. Hammers, , LS, , 2,000, , LS, , 1,500, , 8, , 3,000, , 2., , Mallets (Hard & Soft), , 5, , 2,000, , 3., , Sheet and wire Ganges, , LS, , 8,00, , Qty, , Sr., No., 4., , Shearing Machine, , 1, , Total Price, (Rs), 20,000, , 5., , Bar folding Machine, , 1, , 20,000, , 6., , Burring machine, , 1, , 10,000, , 7., , 1 Each, , 1,000, , 8., , Various sheet (black plain, galvanized iron, corrugated,, Aluminium), Hand Shears/Snippers, , 4, , 2,000, , 9., , Nuts, Bolts, Rivets, Screw, , LS, , 5,00, , LS, , 1,000, , WELDING SHOP, 1., Electrical welding transformer set with accessories, , 3, , 30,000, , 2., , Gas Cutting Unit, , 1, , 3,000, , 3., , Work benches with vices, , 3, , 5,000, , 4., , Welding generator set, , 1, , 10,000, , 5., , Oxy acetylene welding set with accessories, , 1, , 7,000, , 6., , Acetylene generating set, , 1, , 6,000, , 7., , Electric welder tool kit, , 10, , 10,000, , 8., , Projection welding machine, , 1, , 15,000, , 9., , Brazing equipment with accessories, , 1, , 10,000, , 10., , Soldering irons, , 3, , 1,000, , 11., , Pedestal grinder, , 1, , 10,000, , 12., , Metal spraying gun, , 1, , 10,000, , Description, , 10., , Miscellaneous, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 204
Page 205 :
13., , Spot welder, , 1, , 25,000, , 14., , TIG welding set, , 1, , 1,00,000, , 15., , MIG welding set, , 1, , 1,00,000, , 16., , Welding Partition Screen, , 5, , 2,500, , LS, , 3,000, , 17., , Miscellaneous, , Sr., No. Description, FOUNDRY SHOP, 1., Moulding boxes, , Qty, , Total Price, (Rs), , 40, , 8,000, , 5, , 2,000, , 10 set, , 5,000, , 2., , Ladles, , 3., , Tool Kits, , 4., , Quenching tanks, , 2, , 5,000, , 5., , Portable grinder, , 1, , 3,000, , 6., , Pit furnace with blower, , 1, , 10,000, , LS, , 1,000, , MACHINE SHOP, 1., Centre lathes, , 10, , 6,00,000, , 2., , Grinder, , 1, , 10,000, , 3., , Universal milling machine, , 1, , 1,25,000, , 4., , Shaper, , 2, , 1,20,000, , 5., , Plainer, , 2, , 1,20,000, , 6., , Work bench, , 3, , 10,000, , 7., , Precision instruments, , 1, , 10,000, , 8., , Hand tools and accessories, , 2, , 8,000, , 9., , CNC trainer lathe, , 1, , 4,00,000, , 7., , Miscellaneous, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 205
Page 206 :
10., , Miscellaneous, , LS, , 5,000, , ENGINEERING MATERIAL LAB, 1., Electric furnace muffle type, , 1, , 60,000, , 2., , Forced circulation tempering furnace, , 1, , 30,000, , 3, , Quenching tank, , 2, , 5,000, , 4., , Grinder, , 2, , 4,000, , 5., , Pyrometers, , 1, , 10,000, , 6, , Specimen Kit (Ferrous and Non-ferrous Metals (25 Nos), , 1, , 5,000, , 7., 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, , Metallurgical microscope, Abrasive cut off machine, Specimen Polishing Machine (Double Disk type), Thermocouples, Set of Specimen of different alloys, Brinnel Hardness Tester, , 3, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, , Sr., No., , Description, , 2., , Impact testing machine (Izod and charpy), , 1, , 50,000, , 3., , Microprocessor based universal testing machine, , 1, , 4,00,000, , 4., , Torsion testing machine (fully computerized), , 1, , 2,00,000, , 5, , Spring Stiffness Tester, , 1, , 50,000, , 6., , SFD & BMD apparatus, , 2, , 5,000, , 35,000 each, 50,000, 50,000, 5,000, 5,000, 80,000, , Qty, , Total Price, (Rs), MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING, 1, Working Model of Oldham’s Coupling, 1, 3,000, 2, Working Model of Universal Coupling, 1, 3,000, 3, Plummer Block, 1, 2,000, 4, Screw Jack, 1, 3,000, 5, Connecting Rod, 1, 3,000, 6, Set of Ball and Roller bearing, 01 set, 1,000, STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY, 1., Brinell and Rockwell hardness tester, 1, 60,000, , ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LABORATORY, 1., Wattmeter, 5, , 10,000, , 2., , Ammeter, , 5, , 10,000, , 3., , Voltmeter, , 5, , 7,500, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 206
Page 207 :
4., , DC shunt motor, , 1, , 5,000, , 5., , Single phase variac, , 1, , 2,500, , 6., , Single phase transformer, , 1, , 5,000, , 7., , Resistive load, , 1, , 4,000, , 8., , Multimeter, , 1, , 4,000, , 9., , CRO, , 1, , 15,000, , 10., , Regulated supply, , 1, , 8,000, , 11., , Signal generator, , 1, , 5,000, , 12., , 3-phase inductor motor, , 1, , 5,000, , 13., , 3-phase variac, , 1, , 8,000, , 14., , DC shunt generator coupled with motor and starter, , 1, , 25,000, , 15., , Rheostat, , 2, , 2,500, , 16., , Tachometer, , 1, , 5,000, , MECHANICAL WORKSHOP, 1., Centre lathes, , 10, , 5,00,000, , 2., , Tool room lathe, , 1, , 1,00,000, , Sr., No., 3., , Description, , Qty, 1, , Total Price, (Rs), 1,50,000, , 1, , 1,25,000, , 4., , Lathe with copy turning, attachments, Universal milling machine, , attachment and, , other, , 5., , Vertical milling machine, , 1, , 75,000, , 6., , Shapers, , 2, , 1,00,000, , 7., , Radial drilling machine, , 1, , 25,000, , 8., , Upright drilling machine, , 1, , 20,000, , 9., , Gear Shaper, , 1, , 75,000, , 10., , Centreless grinder, , 1, , 80,000, , 11., , Universal cylindrical grinder, , 1, , 75,000, , 12., , Hydraulic surface grinder, , 1, , 50,000, , 13., , Tool and Cutter grinder, , 1, , 50,000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 207
Page 208 :
14., , Power hacksaw, , 1, , 25,000, , 15., , Pedestal grinder, , 1, , 5,000, , 16., , Electro discharge machine, , 1, , 4,00,000, , 17., , Work bench, , 3, , 6,000, , 18., , Precision instruments, , 1, , 5,000, , 19., , Surface plates, , 2, , 15,000, , 20., , Hand tools and accessories, , 2, , 6,000, , 21., , CNC trainer lathe, , 1, , 3,00,000, , 22., , CNC trainer milling machine, , 1, , 4,00,000, , 23., , PC Computer, , 2, , 1,00,000, , 24., , Computer based NC Programming Software, , 1, , 1,50,000, , 25., , CNC Simulation software, , 1, , 1,00,000, , 26., , CNC Milling machine accessories and holding devices, , LS, , 1,00,000, , HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATIC LABORATORY, 1., Piezometer tube, , 2, , 100, , 2., , U tube differential manometer, , 2, , 2,000, , 3., , Bourdon’s Tube pressure gauge, , 1, , 1,000, , 5., , Hydraulic jack, , 1, , 4,000, , 6., , Hydraulic press Working Model, , 1, , 5,000, , 7., , Bernoulli’s apparatus, , 1, , 15,000, , Sr., No., 8., , Description, , Qty, , Venturimeter apparatus with differential manometer, , 1, , Total Price, (Rs), 10,000, , 9., , Pipe friction apparatus, , 1, , 15,000, , 10., , Reciprocating pump- single and Double Acting, , 1, , 50,000, , 11., , Centrifugal pump, , 1, , 25,000, , 12, , Working Model of Pelton Wheel Turbine, , 1, , 20,000, , 13, , Working Model of Francis Turbine, , 1, , 20,000, , 14, , Working Model of Kaplan Turbine, , 1, , 20,000, , 15, , Hydraulic Circuit Trainer Kit, , 1, , 50,000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 208
Page 209 :
16, , Pneumatic Circuit Trainer Kit, , 1, , 50,000, , 17, , Working Model of Hydraulic Brake system, , 1, , 50,000, , 18, , Working Model of Hydraulic Ram, , 1, , 5,000, , THERMAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY, 1., Throttling Calorimeter, , 2, , 10,000, , 2., , Testing for Determination of Dryness fraction of steam, , 1, , 50,000, , 3., , Cut section model of 4-stroke single cylinder Petrol and, Diesel engine, Gravimetric Analysis, , 1, , 30,000, , 1, each, 1, each, , 20,000, each, 10,000, , 1, each, 1, , 25,000, each, 50,000, , 4., 5., , 6., , Model of Various Boiler Mounting and Accessories, -Steam Stop Valve, Safety Valves, Blow off Cock,, Water Level Indicator, Low Water High Pressure Safety, Valve, Pressure Gauge, Economiser, Pre Heater (Air),, Super Heater Model only., Exhaust Analyser for Petrol and Diesel engine, , 7., , Single Stage Reciprocating Air Compressor, , 8., , Rotary Compressor, Air Compressor, , 1, , 25,000, , 9., , Flash Point Apparatus, , 1, , 10,000, , 10., , Pyrometer, Infrared, Thermocouple, , 2, , 11., , Lancashire boiler model, Nestler Boiler Model, , 1 each, , 5,000, each, 10,000, , 12., , Model of impulse turbine, , 1, , 5,000, , 13., , Model of reaction turbine, , 1, , 5,000, , 14., , Model of surface condenser, , 1, , 5,000, , 15., , Bab Cox & Wilcox Boiler Model, , 1, , 10,000, , 16., , Heat Transfer apparatus for conduction , convection and, Radiation, Model of 2 stroke, 4 stroke engines, , 1 set, , 45,000, , 01 set, , 6000, , 01, , 30,000, , Qty, , Total Price, (Rs), 45,000, , 17., 18., , Sr., No., 16., , Steam Separating & Throttling calorimeter fully, instrumented to determine, quality of steam of 10-15, kg/cm2 . Pressure with steam condensing arrangement, Description, , Single cylinder 2 stroke petrol engine test rig, , 1, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 209
Page 210 :
17., , Single cylinder 4 stroke petrol engine test rig, , 1, , 50,000, , 18., , Multicylinder petrol engine test rig ( Morse test rig), , 1, , 2,00,000, , METROLOGY LABORATORY, 1., Digital vernier calliper / Vernier calliper, , 4, , 8,000, , 2., , Digital micrometer / micrometer, , 4, , 10,000, , 3., , Height gauge, , 2, , 1,500, , 4., , Depth gauge, , 2, , 1,000, , 5., , Combination set, , 1, , 1,000, , 6., , Bevel protractor, , 1, , 1,000, , 7., , Sine bar, , 1, , 1,000, , 8., , Precision balls and rollers, , 1, , 500, , 9., , Surface plate, , 2, , 15,000, , 10., , Slip gauges set, , 1, , 10,000, , 11., , Comparator – Mechanical , Pneumatic, , 2, , 40,000, , 12., , Gear tooth vernier, , 1, , 2,000, , 13., , Snap and ring gauges, Plug gauge, Thread gauge, , 2 each, , 1,500, , 14., , Feeler gauge, radius gauge, , 1, , 1,000, , 15., , Angle plate, , 1, , 1,000, , 16., , Tool makers microscope, , 1, , 40,000, , 17., , Optical Profile projector, , 1, , 75,000, , 18., , Surface roughness tester, , 1, , 60,000, , 19., , Dial Bore Gauge with Accessories, , 1, , 10,000, , 20, , Autocollimator, , 1, , 50,000, , 21, , Thermocouple , Pyrometer apparatus, , 1, , 10,000, , REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING LABORATORY, 1., Refrigeration trainer to determine C.O.P., 1, , 6,000, , 2., 3., 5., , Air conditioner trainer / Test rig window type and split, type air conditioner, Water cooler, Refrigeration compressor, , 1, , 1,00,000, , 1, , 6,000, , 1, , 3,000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 210
Page 211 :
6., , 7., 8., 9, 10, , Safety controls (HP, LP Cut outs, oil pressure controls),, solenoid valve, expansion valves, thermostats, charging, board, Gas charging equipment kit, Vacuum pump, Cut-Section model of thematically sealed compressor, Hand tools for cutting , flaring, swaging and brazing of, tubes, , 1 set, , 3,000, , 1, , 15,000, , 1, , 3,000, , 1, , 6,000, , 1 set, , 5,000, , AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING LAB., 1., Battery Charger 0-12 V, 0-6 Amp., , 1, , 2,000, , 2, , Batteries 6 V & 12 V, , 1each, , 4,000, , 3, , Hydrometer, , 1, , 1,000, , 4, , Cell Tester, , 1, , 1,000, , 5., , Working Model of Battery Ignition System, Magneto, Ignition System Fitted on board, Fuel Injection Pump, , 1, , 2,000, , 1, , 15,000, , 1, , 25,000, , 8., , Calibration Machine with Fuel Injection Pump &, Coupling, Electrical Testing Bench, , 1, , 2,000, , 9, , Condemned petrol engine of light petrol vehicle, , 1, , 5,000, , 10., , Condemned Diesel engine of medium and heavy vehicles, , 1, , 5,000, , 11, , Tyre inflator with twin hose assembly and small hose assembly, , 1, , 2,500, , 12, , Spark plug cleaning machine and Testing machine, , 1, , 5,000, , 1, , 5,000, , 1, , 1,000, , 1, , 1,000, , 1, , 1,000, , 6., 7, , 13, 14, 15, 16, , Condemned chassis frame of any light motor vehicle, Sectioned working model of a single cylinder two stroke, petrol engine, Sectioned working model of single cylinder two stroke, diesel engine, Sectioned working model of a single cylinder four stroke, diesel engine, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 211
Page 212 :
18, , Sectioned working model of a single cylinder four stroke petrol, engine fitted with ignition system, Hand Operated, Motor Operated, Work bench, , 1, 1, 2, , 4,000, 6,000, 2,500, , 19, , Mechanical Jack, , 2, , 3,000, , 20, 21, , Tool Kit (Spanner, socket set, screw driver, plier, file,, wrench, drill, tap set, hammer etc.), Miscellaneous, , 22, , Study and sketch of models of rear axle and differential, , 17, , 4 sets, LS, , 4,000, , 1, , 10,000, , REFRIGERATION AND AIRCONDITIONING LAB (for RAC), 1, Refrigeration Cycle Demonstration Unit-With, 2, Condenser & Evaperator Made of toughened glass &, Instrumented to measure Temperature & Pressurse,, Refrigerant flow at All Suitable Locations. Arangement, for Using Different Expansion Devices., 2, , 2, , 4, , Experimental Air Conditioner Window Type-1 Ton, Capacity With Proper Instrumentation For Studying its, performance., PSYCHROMETERS, Sling Psychrometer., Aspiratior Psychrometer., Hygrometer, Dry & Wet bulb wall hygrometer., Dial type hygrometer, Fortin's barometer, Manometers, Anemometer Hand Hold, , 5, , Misc., , 3, , 2,000, , @75000, =15000, , @45000, =90000, , 2, , LS. Rs.24000, , 2, , LS. Rs.12000, , 2, , 4000, , Ls, , 20000, , 1. Above items are for 2 batches of 30 students each., , 1, , Benchwise 10cm jaw, , 2, , Centre Punch, , 3, , Pin Punch, , 4, , Callipers Inside (spring), , MAINTENANCE LAB (for Repair & Maintenance ), 4, Rs.4000, @1000, 4, Rs. 400, @100, 4, 400, @100, 10, 2000, @200, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 212
Page 213 :
5, , Callipers outside (spring), , 6, , V. Callipers 30 Cm., , 7, , Micrometer 0-25 Cm., 25-50 Cm., , 10, @200, 2, @600, 2@250, , 2000, , 2@250, , 500, , 1200, 500, , 8, , V.Depth gauge, , 2@700, , 1400, , 9, , Feeler gauge 15 Blades, , 2@100, , 200, , 10, , Radious gauge, , 2@150, , 300, , 11, , Angle Gauge, , 2@150, , 300, , 12, , Thread Gauge, , 2@150, , 300, , 13, , Tap set, , 6000, , 14, , Allen Key Set, , 2, @3000, 2@700, , 15, , Adjustable Wrench, , 2, @2500, , 5000, , 16, , Double Spanners, i. Size (6x7,8x9,...18x19,20x22, 24x27,30x32mm), , 4 @500, , 2000, , 2 @500, , 1000, , 17, , ii. Size (32x36, 36x41, 41x46,, 46x50, 50x55mm), Misc. Files, Scrapers, Dieset Hexaframe as per need, , LS, , 5000, , 18, , Pipe Vice 5cm, , 2 @500, , 1000, , 19, , Chain Rinch, , 2 @500, , 1000, , 20, , Ring Spanner Set, , 2 @250, , 500, , 21, , Ball Peen Hammer, , 6 @100, , 600, , 22, , Claw Hammer, , 2 @100, , 200, , 23, , Battery Charger 0-12v,6 Amp.Call Tester Hydrometer, Lead Acid Battery 12V,6V, , 2, @7000, , 14000, , 24, , T-socket wrench Set, , 2000, , 25, , Off socket wrench Set, , 26, , Old Jacks Hydraulic mechanical, , 2, @1000, 2, @1000, 2 Each, @ LS, , 1400, , 2000, 10000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 213
Page 214 :
5000, 2, @5000, 2, , 27, , Automobile Gear Box Old, , 28, , Refrigerator Old, , 29, , Airconditioner (Window Type)old, , 30, , Water cooler (old), , 31, , Digital Multimeter Portable, 4-5 digits, 0.5 LCD Auto zeroing and Auto polarity, DC Voltage 10MV-1000V, DC Currient 0.1MA-10A, Ac Voltage 10MV-750V, AC Current 0.1MA-10A, Batter Operated with connection Leads, Clipon ammeter/Voltmeter, Measuring rang 0-12A, 0-500V, Opening 40mm for round conductors, Set of spare fuses and connecting Leads., , 32, , 10000, LS 8000, , 2, @7000, 2, @5000, 2, @2000, , Ls. 14000, , 2, @2000, , 4000, , 4, @2000, , 8000, , Ls. 10000, 4000, , 33, , Pulley Pullers, 2, 2000 4000, (One two legged, One three Legged), , 34, , Bearing Assorted, , Ls., , 4000, , 35, , Couplings Assorted, , Ls., , 8000, , 36, , Air compressor (old unit), , Ls., , 37, , Portable tools - Pneumatic &, & Repairing Work - Old )., , 38, , Old lathe Machine/Grinding Machine., , 39, , Miscellaneous Needs and for the items ommited hear if, any, , 40, , Apparatus for checking of slip of belt, , Electrical (For Servicing, , 2, @4000, , 8000, , 2, @2000, 0, Ls, , 40000, , 1, , 35000, , Ls. 25000, , 41, , Toolkit for dismantling of sub assembly for example, 1, LS.10,000, pullers , pneumatic wrenches, NOTE:If the items other then tools and instruments mentioned above are available in the, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 214
Page 215 :
institute, they should be used for the purpose alternatively they should be procured from, other institutions from where they may be made available for the purpose . For the, facilities which cannot be made available in the institution visits of repair and maintenance, shops in the vicinity be arranged according to need., Note:, 1. Above items are for 2 batches of 30 students each., , ENVIRONMENT ENGINEERING LABORATORY, 1., pH Meter, 2., Turbidity Meter, 3., Oven with Temperature Controller and Forced Air, Circulation Type, 4., B.O.D. Incubator, 5., Water Analysis Kit, 6., High Volume Sampler, 7., Electrical Balance for weighing upto 1/10 of milligram, (capacity), ENERGY CONSERVATION LABORATORY, 1, Clamp meter, 2, Multimeter, 3, Power Analyser, 4, Different types of lamps (LS), − 60 W lamp, 230 V , 100 V, − 200 W lamp, − 500 W lamp, − 100 W lamp, 110 V, 150 V, 5, Lux meter, 6, Centrifugal pump, 1 kW, 7, Standard window A.C., 8, Anemometer, 9, Thermometer, 10, Flow meter, 11, Pumping set with at least two pumps of different, capacity., 12, Pressure gauge fitted on discharge lines, 13, Variable Frequency Drive, 14, A small compressor with a small network of pipe line, fitted with suitable pipeline, pressure gauge, safety, valve and loading / unloading pressure switch., 15, Stop watch, 16 Small blower (1.5 kW motor) with inlet and outlet ducts, , 01, 01, , 500, 5000, , 01, , 20000, , 01, 01, 01, , 25000, 5000, 40000, , 01, , 1000, , 02, 02, 01, , 5000, 2000, 20000, , 10, , 500, , 02, 1, 01, 02, 03, 02, , 5000, 15,000, 20000, 5000, 2000, 10000, , 1 set, , 10000, , 1 set, 02, , 2000, 50000, , 1, , 3000, , 2, 1, , 1000, 10000, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 215
Page 216 :
of approximately one meter length on both sides, Black Box (for checking lamp efficacy including stand, and luxmeter), , 17, , 1, , 25000, , Note:, 1. The specifications and price of equipment mentioned above used as broad guidelines for, purchase of equipment., 2. Any other items not mentioned in the lit of equipment can be purchased as provision has, been made for purchase under the item miscellaneous for each lab/shop., 3. Any additional equipment, already available in the institute, may be used for, demonstration to the students, and for experiments / practical’s of other Lab’s / Shops, NOTE:, In addition to the above, laboratories in respect of physics, chemistry, Computer Centre etc will, be required for effective implementation of the course. Provision for photocopiers, PC facilities, along with LCD Projection System etc. has also to be made., (C), , Furniture Requirement, , Norms and standards laid down by AICTE be followed for working out furniture requirement for, this course., 10.2, , Human Resources Development:, Weekly work schedule, annual work schedule, student teacher ratio for various group and, class size, staffing pattern, work load norms, qualifications, experience and job, description of teaching staff workshop staff and other administrative and supporting staff, be worked out as per norms and standards laid down by the AICTE., , 11., , EVALUATION STRATEGY, , 11.1, , INTRODUCTION, , Evaluation plays an important role in the teaching-learning process. The major objective of any teachinglearning endeavor is to ensure the quality of the product which can be assessed through learner’s evaluation., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 216
Page 217 :
The purpose of student evaluation is to determine the extent to which the general and the, specific objectives of curriculum have been achieved. Student evaluation is also, important from the point of view of ascertaining the quality of instructional processes and, to get feedback for curriculum improvement. It helps the teachers in determining the, level of appropriateness of teaching experiences provided to learners to meet their, individual and professional needs. Evaluation also helps in diagnosing learning, difficulties of the students. Evaluation is of two types: Formative and Summative, (Internal and External Evaluation), , Formative Evaluation, It is an on-going evaluation process. Its purpose is to provide continuous and comprehensive, feedback to students and teachers concerning teaching-learning process. It provides, corrective steps to be taken to account for curricular as well as co-curricular aspects., Summative Evaluation, It is carried out at the end of a unit of instruction like topic, subject, semester or year., The main purpose of summative evaluation is to measure achievement for assigning, course grades, certification of students and ascertaining accountability of instructional, process. The student evaluation has to be done in a comprehensive and systematic, manner since any mistake or lacuna is likely to affect the future of students., In the present educational scenario in India, where summative evaluation plays an, important role in educational process, there is a need to improve the standard of, summative evaluation with a view to bring validity and reliability in the end-term, examination system for achieving objectivity and efficiency in evaluation., 11.2, , STUDENTS’ EVALUATION AREAS, The student evaluation is carried out for the following areas:, A., , Theory, Practical Work (Laboratory, Workshop, Field Exercises), Project Work, Professional Industrial Training, Theory, Evaluation in theory aims at assessing students’ understanding of concepts,, principles and procedures related to a course/subject, and their ability to apply, learnt principles and solve problems. The formative evaluation for theory subjects, may be caused through sessional /class-tests, home-assignments, tutorial-work,, , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 217
Page 218 :
seminars, and group discussions etc. For end-term evaluation of theory, the, question paper may comprise of three sections., Section-I, It should contain objective type items e.g. multiple choice, matching and completion type. Total weightage to Section-1 should be of the, order of 20 percent of the total marks and no choice should be given in this section. The objective type items should be used to evaluate, students’ performance in knowledge, comprehension and at the most application domains only., , Section-II, It should contain short answer/completion items. The weightage to this section, should be of the order of 40 percent of the total marks. Again, no choice should, be given in section-II, Section-III, , It may contain two to three essay type questions. Total weightage to this section, should be of the order of 40 percent of the total marks. Some built-in, internal, choice of about 50 percent of the questions set, can be given in this section, Table II : Suggested Weightage to be given to different ability levels, Abilities, Knowledge, Comprehension, Application, Higher than application i.e. Analysis,, Synthesis and Evaluation, , B., , Weightage to be assigned, 10-30 percent, 40-60 percent, 20-30 percent, Upto 10 percent, , Practical Work, Evaluation of students performance in practical work (Laboratory experiments,, Workshop practicals/field exercises) aims at assessing students ability to apply or, practice learnt concepts, principles and procedures, manipulative skills, ability to, observe and record, ability to interpret and draw conclusions and work related, attitudes. Formative and summative evaluation may comprise of weightages to, performance on task, quality of product, general behaviour and it should be, followed by viva-voce., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 218
Page 219 :
C., , Project Work, The purpose of evaluation of project work is to assess students ability to apply, in, an integrated manner, learnt knowledge and skills in solving real life problems,, manipulative skills, ability to observe, record, creativity and communication, skills. The formative and summative evaluation may comprise of weightage to, nature of project, quality of product, quality of report and quality of presentation, followed by viva-voce., , D., , Professional Industrial Training, Evaluation of professional industrial training report and viva-voce/ presentation, aims at assessing students’ understanding of materials, industrial processes,, practices in the industry/field and their ability to engage in activities related to, problem-solving in industrial setting as well as understanding of application of, learnt knowledge and skills in real life situation. The formative and summative, evaluation may comprise of weightages to performance in testing, general, behaviour, quality of report and presentation during viva-voce., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 219
Page 220 :
12., , RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EFFECTIVE CURRICULUM, IMPLEMENTATION, , This curriculum document is a Plan of Action and has been prepared based on exhaustive, exercise of curriculum planning and design. The representative sample comprising selected, senior personnel (lecturers and HODs) from various institutions and experts from industry/field, have been involved in curriculum design process., The document so prepared is now ready for its implementation. It is the faculty of polytechnics, who have to play a vital role in planning instructional experiences for the courses in four, different environments viz. class-room, laboratory, library and field and execute them in right, perspective. It is emphasized that a proper mix of different teaching methods in all these places, of instruction only can bring the changes in stipulated students behaviour as in the curriculum, document. It is important for the teachers to understand curriculum document holistically and, further be aware of intricacies of teaching-learning process (T-L) for achieving curriculum, objectives. Given below are certain suggestions which may help the teachers in planning and, designing learning experiences effectively. These are indicative in nature and teachers using, their creativity can further develop/refine them. The designers of the programme suggest every, teacher to read them carefully, comprehend and start using them., (A), , Broad Suggestions:, , 1., , Curriculum implementation takes place at programme, course and class-room level, respectively and synchronization among them is required for its success. The first step, towards achieving synchronization is to read curriculum document holistically, and understand its rationale and philosophy., , 2., , An academic plan needs to be prepared and made available to all polytechnics well in, advance. The Principals have a great role to play in its dissemination and, percolation, upto grass-root level. Polytechnics, in turn are supposed to prepare institutional academic, plan., , 3., , HOD of every Programme Department along with HODs and incharges of other, departments are required to prepare academic plan at department level referring to, institutional academic plan., , 4., All lecturers/Senior lecturers are required to prepare course level and class level lesson, plans referring departmental academic plan., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 220
Page 221 :
(B), , Course Level Suggestions, Teachers are educational managers at class room level and their success in achieving, course level objectives lies in using course plan and their judicious execution which is, very important for the success of programme by achieving its objectives., Polytechnic teachers are required to plan various instructional experiences viz. theory, lecture, expert lectures, lab/workshop practicals, guided library exercises, field visits,, study tours, camps etc. In addition, they have to carry out progressive assessment of, theory, assignments, library, practicals and field experiences. Teachers are also required, to do all these activities within a stipulated period of time. It is essential for them to use, the given time judiciously by planning all above activities properly and ensure execution, of the plan effectively., Following is the gist of suggestions for subject teachers to carry out T-L process, effectively:, , 1., , Teachers are required to prepare a course plan, taking into account departmental, academic plan, number of weeks available and courses to be taught., , 2., , Teachers are required to prepare lesson plan for every theory class. This plan may, comprise of contents to be covered, learning material for execution of a lesson plan., They may follow steps for preparing lesson plan e.g. drawing attention, state instructional, objectives, help in recalling pre-requisite knowledge, deliver planned subject content,, check desired learning outcomes and reinforce learning etc., , 3., , Teachers are required to plan for expert lectures from field/industry. Necessary steps are, to plan in advance, identify field experts, make correspondence to invite them, take, necessary budgetary approval etc., , 4., , Teachers are required to plan for guided library exercises by identification of course, specific experience requirement, setting time, assessment, etc. The assignments and, seminars can be thought of as terminal outcome of library experiences., , 5., , Concept and content based field visits may be planned and executed for such content of, course which is abstract in nature and no other requisite resources are readily available in, institute to impart them effectively., , 6., , There is a dire need for planning practical experiences in right perspective. These slots in, a course are the avenues to use problem based learning/activity learning/ experiential, learning approach effectively. The development of lab instruction sheets for the course is, a good beginning to provide lab experiences effectively., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 221
Page 222 :
7., , Planning of progressive assessment encompasses periodical assessment in a, semester, preparation of proper quality question paper, assessment of answer, sheets, immediately and giving constructive feed back to every student, 8., , The student centred activities may be used to develop generic skills, management, problem solving, managing self, collaborating with others etc., , 9., Where ever possible, it is essential to use activity based learning rather than, on delivery based conventional teaching all the time., , like, , task, , relying, , 10., , Teachers may take initiative in establishing liaison with industries and field, organizations for imparting field experiences to their students., , 11., , Students be made aware about issues related to ecology and environment, safety, concern, for wastage of energy and other resources etc., , 12., , Students may be given relevant and well thought out project assignments, which are, purposeful and develop practical skills. This will help students in developing creativity, and confidence for their gainful employment., , 13., , A Project bank may be developed by the concerned department of the polytechnics in, consultation with related Industry, research institutes and other relevant field, organizations in the state., , CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 222
Page 226 :
7. Ms. Meenu Dwivedi, Lecturer,Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow, 8. Dr. Pal Dinesh Kumar, Scientist ‘F’ & Joint Director, TBRL, Chandigarh., 9. Dr. P. Sudhakar Rao, Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh, 10. Dr. Chaman Chandel, Deputy Director, SASE, DRDO, Chandigarh, 11. Sh. Pankaj Yadav, Assistant Director, Directorate of Technical Education, Kanpur, 12. Dr. AB Gupta, HOD, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh, The following experts participated in workshop for Developing Curriculum Contents of 2nd, year, and, 3rd, year, subjects, of, diploma, course, in, Mechanical, Engineering(Auto/Production/RAC/Repair &Mentainance/CAD) for UP State on 30 May,, 2019 at Govt. Polytechnic Lucknow organized by IRDT, Kanpur:, 1- Sh. Pradeep Kumar , HOD, Mechanical Engineering , Government Polytechnic Lucknow, 2- Sh. P.S.Kushwaha , Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Heveat Polytechnic Lucknow, 3- Sh. Tushar Kiran , Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic Lucknow, 4- Smt. Meenu Dwivedi , Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow, 5- Sh. Abhinav Tripathi, Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur., 6- Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, Text Book Officer / CDC officer IRDT, Kanpur, The following experts participated in workshop for Finalizing Curriculum Contents of 2nd, year, and, 3rd, year, subjects, of, diploma, course, in, Mechanical, Engineering(Auto/Production/RAC/Repair &Mentainance/CAD) for UP State on 30 June,, 2019 at Govt. Polytechnic Lucknow organized by IRDT, Kanpur:, 1- Sh. Pradeep Kumar , HOD, Mechanical Engineering , Government Polytechnic Lucknow, 2- Sh. P.S.Kushwaha , Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Heveat Polytechnic Lucknow, 3- Sh. Tushar Kiran , Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic Lucknow, 4- Smt. Meenu Dwivedi , Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow, 5- Sh. Ankit Gupta, Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic Lucknow, 6- Sh. Rakesh Chandra,Lecturer Mechanical Engineering, Heveat Polytechnic Lucknow, 7- Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, Text Book Officer / CDC officer IRDT, Kanpur, CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 226
Page 227 :
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON, 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR, , Page 227
